NZ760206B2 - Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems - Google Patents
Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ760206B2 NZ760206B2 NZ760206A NZ76020618A NZ760206B2 NZ 760206 B2 NZ760206 B2 NZ 760206B2 NZ 760206 A NZ760206 A NZ 760206A NZ 76020618 A NZ76020618 A NZ 76020618A NZ 760206 B2 NZ760206 B2 NZ 760206B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- kim
- module
- cells
- cell
- annotation
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000010362 genome editing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 263
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 253
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims description 221
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 claims description 147
- 230000001131 transforming Effects 0.000 claims description 112
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 81
- 101700080605 NUC1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 101700006494 nucA Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000003287 optical Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- ASCUXPQGEXGEMJ-GPLGTHOPSA-N [(2R,3S,4S,5R,6S)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-[[(2R,3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(4-methylanilino)oxan-2-yl]methoxy]oxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(=O)C)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](NC=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)O1 ASCUXPQGEXGEMJ-GPLGTHOPSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000004027 cells Anatomy 0.000 description 1069
- 238000004805 robotic Methods 0.000 description 97
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 93
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 74
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 74
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 56
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 54
- 239000002609 media Substances 0.000 description 53
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 47
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 43
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 42
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 40
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 40
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 39
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 38
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 37
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229920003013 deoxyribonucleic acid Polymers 0.000 description 30
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M buffer Substances [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 21
- -1 xantine Chemical compound 0.000 description 21
- 239000001963 growth media Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000010808 liquid waste Substances 0.000 description 20
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 19
- 229920000272 Oligonucleotide Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000002068 genetic Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229920001850 Nucleic acid sequence Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000003115 biocidal Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000004962 mammalian cells Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000001105 regulatory Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229920001405 Coding region Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229920002391 Guide RNA Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 108020005004 Guide RNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000001580 bacterial Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000004698 Polyethylene (PE) Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108010017070 Zinc Finger Nucleases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002910 solid waste Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229960005091 Chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 8
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N Chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 8
- 229920000978 Start codon Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000002103 transcriptional Effects 0.000 description 8
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003612 virological Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000160 (ribonucleotides)n+m Polymers 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 6
- 101700014779 GLB1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000018120 Recombinases Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010091086 Recombinases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000003213 activating Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 108060003167 galK Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001404 mediated Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960003669 Carbenicillin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N Carbenicillin Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)C(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N Kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 210000000088 Lip Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 Messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002106 messenger RNA Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000003204 osmotic Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000023 polynucleotide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-KCDKBNATSA-N D-(+)-Galactose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-KCDKBNATSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000007702 DNA assembly Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002759 chromosomal Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003750 conditioning Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001351 cycling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001627 detrimental Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000737 periodic Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108091007521 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000000988 Bone and Bones Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 102000005221 Cleavage Stimulation Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010081236 Cleavage Stimulation Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010061833 Integrases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002393 Microsatellite Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H Tricalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 3
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L cacl2 Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004568 cement Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drugs Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010355 genome engineering Methods 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010237 hybrid technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002101 lytic Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010297 mechanical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000051 modifying Effects 0.000 description 3
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011528 polyamide (building material) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003288 polysulfone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003638 reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 3
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DUJGMZAICVPCBJ-VDAHYXPESA-N 4-amino-1-[(1R,4R,5S)-4,5-dihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopent-2-en-1-yl]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(CO)=C1 DUJGMZAICVPCBJ-VDAHYXPESA-N 0.000 description 2
- UZOVYGYOLBIAJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-isocyanato-4'-methyldiphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UZOVYGYOLBIAJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710026914 AAG Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920005681 CRISPR RNA Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 Cell Membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002421 Cell Wall Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 102000011591 Cleavage And Polyadenylation Specificity Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076130 Cleavage And Polyadenylation Specificity Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N D-sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000033616 DNA repair Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000033147 ERVK-25 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101700008821 EXO Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700083023 EXRN Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008857 Ferritin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050000784 Ferritin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 Hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 201000001971 Huntington's disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004408 Hybridomas Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101700021338 LEC Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700048515 LEC1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700046135 LEC2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700077545 LECC Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700028499 LECG Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700028593 LECH Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101700063913 LECT Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N Lactose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]1CO)[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006154 MacConkey agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920002332 Noncoding DNA Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000004279 Orbit Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 101710034340 Os04g0173800 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000035443 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005771 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N Sucrose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)[C@@]1(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010459 TALEN Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108060008443 TPPP Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010043645 Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004417 Untranslated RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010046516 Wheat Germ Agglutinins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710010750 XV Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000910 agglutinin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101700082685 ampR Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004640 cellular pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000023298 conjugation with cellular fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOUQIAGHKFLHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;N,N-dimethylcarbamodithioate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CN(C)C([S-])=S.CN(C)C([S-])=S ZOUQIAGHKFLHIA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002922 epistatic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-propanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101700036391 lecA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 load Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002934 lysing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000005415 magnetization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000813 microbial Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001264 neutralization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001894 non-coding RNA Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001402 polyadenylating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005700 syncytium formation by plasma membrane fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing Effects 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N (3β)-Cholest-5-en-3-ol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 1-methylinosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N(C)C=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dioxo-1H-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)-3,7-dihydropurin-6-one Chemical compound N1C(N(C)C)=NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2 XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1H-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-imino-7-methyl-1,2,3,7-tetrahydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-7H-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C(N)=CC=NC1=O KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-4-amino-1,3-dihydropyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C1(N)NC(=O)NC=C1 GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(methylaminomethyl)-1H-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(methoxyamino)methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CONCC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chlorouracil Chemical compound ClC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-iodouracil Chemical compound IC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1H-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1H-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000432074 Adeno-associated virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000487074 Alosa alosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000269328 Amphibia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940064005 Antibiotic throat preparations Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940083879 Antibiotics FOR TREATMENT OF HEMORRHOIDS AND ANAL FISSURES FOR TOPICAL USE Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940042052 Antibiotics for systemic use Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940042786 Antitubercular Antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 240000003150 Aralia cordata Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014722 Aralia cordata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000203069 Archaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008371 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940075615 Bacillus subtilis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001369 Brass Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VKWIASMEGJUYIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC=Cc1nc(N)c2[nH]cnc2n1 Chemical compound CCCC=Cc1nc(N)c2[nH]cnc2n1 VKWIASMEGJUYIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000033 CRISPR Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010082319 CRISPR-Associated Protein 9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000001736 Capillaries Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000014036 Castanea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001070941 Castanea Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002676 Complementary DNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UWTATZPHSA-N D-serine Chemical compound OC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000031025 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000102 DNA-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrouracil Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)N1 OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940109526 Ery Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241001646716 Escherichia coli K-12 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702191 Escherichia virus P1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000665 Exon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000008416 Ferritin Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940093922 Gynecological Antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036499 Half live Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012593 Hanks’ Balanced Salt Solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004458 Heterochromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010034791 Heterochromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003964 Histone deacetylases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000353 Histone deacetylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KMPDEGCQSA-N Inosine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(N=CNC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KMPDEGCQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012330 Integrases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002459 Intron Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004391 Introns Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000229754 Iva xanthiifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIXADJRWDQXREU-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium acetate Chemical compound [Li+].CC([O-])=O XIXADJRWDQXREU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940071257 Lithium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006142 Luria-Bertani Agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101700005684 MLX Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100012730 MLX Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001410 Microfiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010068871 Myotonic dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FLAQQSHRLBFIEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methyl-N-nitroso-4-oxo-4-(3-pyridyl)butyl amine Chemical compound O=NN(C)CCCC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 FLAQQSHRLBFIEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N2-Methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(NC)=NC2=C1N=CN2 SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009025 Nervous System Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001182492 Nes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010029305 Neurological disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108009000261 Non-homologous end joining Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101700064519 PSTN Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000690470 Plantago princeps Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000014961 Protein Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078762 Protein Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196435 Prunus domestica subsp. insititia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001785 Response element Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001914 Ribonucleotide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000701955 Streptomyces virus phiC31 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 Tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OFVLGDICTFRJMM-WESIUVDSSA-N Tetracycline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@](O)(C)[C@H]3C[C@H]4[C@H](N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)C(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O OFVLGDICTFRJMM-WESIUVDSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZEMGGZBWXRYJHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiouracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=S)N1 ZEMGGZBWXRYJHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035295 Ting Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940024982 Topical Antifungal Antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007984 Tris EDTA buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 Uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000007089 Vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005267 amalgamation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004965 antibodies Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001123 antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000020127 ayran Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011021 bench scale process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037348 biosynthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010951 brass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011449 brick Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- NTXGQCSETZTARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diene;prop-2-enenitrile Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N NTXGQCSETZTARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000023402 cell communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003588 decontaminative Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000034431 double-strand break repair via homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006056 electrooxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005242 forging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010230 functional analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000034448 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006088 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000147 hypnotic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940079866 intestinal antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710030587 ligN Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101700077585 ligd Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003658 microfiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009740 moulding (composite fabrication) Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000510 noble metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000013615 non-nutritive sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940005935 ophthalmologic Antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005642 phosphothioate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N precursor Substances N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000036678 protein binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001718 repressive Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained Effects 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissues Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 102000003995 transcription factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000464 transcription factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- WCNMEQDMUYVWMJ-JPZHCBQBSA-N wybutoxosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CC([C@H](NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)OO)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WCNMEQDMUYVWMJ-JPZHCBQBSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M23/00—Constructional details, e.g. recesses, hinges
- C12M23/44—Multiple separable units; Modules
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M33/00—Means for introduction, transport, positioning, extraction, harvesting, peeling or sampling of biological material in or from the apparatus
- C12M33/14—Means for introduction, transport, positioning, extraction, harvesting, peeling or sampling of biological material in or from the apparatus with filters, sieves or membranes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M35/00—Means for application of stress for stimulating the growth of microorganisms or the generation of fermentation or metabolic products; Means for electroporation or cell fusion
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M37/00—Means for sterilizing, maintaining sterile conditions or avoiding chemical or biological contamination
- C12M37/04—Seals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M41/00—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation
- C12M41/30—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation of concentration
- C12M41/36—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation of concentration of biomass, e.g. colony counters or by turbidity measurements
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M41/00—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation
- C12M41/48—Automatic or computerized control
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M43/00—Combinations of bioreactors or fermenters with other apparatus
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1082—Preparation or screening gene libraries by chromosomal integration of polynucleotide sequences, HR-, site-specific-recombination, transposons, viral vectors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/20—Type of nucleic acid involving clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats [CRISPRs]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2800/00—Nucleic acids vectors
- C12N2800/80—Vectors containing sites for inducing double-stranded breaks, e.g. meganuclease restriction sites
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
- C12N9/22—Ribonucleases RNAses, DNAses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/02—Libraries contained in or displayed by microorganisms, e.g. bacteria or animal cells; Libraries contained in or displayed by vectors, e.g. plasmids; Libraries containing only microorganisms or vectors
Abstract
an illustrative embodiment, provided are automated multi-module cell editing instruments, modules, and systems are provided to automate editing, including nuclease-directed cell editing inside one or more cells in a cell population. Other specific embodiments of the automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the disclosure are designed for recursive genome editing, e.g., sequentially introducing multiple edits into genomes inside one or more cells of a cell population through two or more editing operations within the instruments. diting instruments of the disclosure are designed for recursive genome editing, e.g., sequentially introducing multiple edits into genomes inside one or more cells of a cell population through two or more editing operations within the instruments.
Description
AUTOMATED CELL PROCESSING METHODS, MODULES,
INSTRUMENTS, AND SYSTEMS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to US. Provisional Patent Application Serial
No. ,339, entitled “Automated Editing of Nucleic Acids Within a Cell,” ?led
June 30, 2017; US. Patent Application Serial No. 62/551,069, entitled “Electroporation
es for Automation,” ?led August 28, 2017, US Patent ation Serial No.
62/566,374, entitled “Electroporation Device,” ?led September 30, 2017, US. Patent
Application Serial No. 62/566,375, entitled “Electroporation Device,” ?led September
, 2017; US. Patent ation Serial No. 62/566,688, entitled “Introduction of
ous Materials into ” ?led October 2, 2017, US. Patent Application Serial
No. 62/567,697, entitled “Automated Nucleic Acid Assembly and uction of
Nucleic Acids into Cells,” ?led October 3, 2017, US Patent Application Serial No.
62/620,370, entitled “Automated Filtration and Manipulation of Viable Cells,” ?led
January 22, 2018; US Patent Application Serial No. 62/649,731, ed “Automated
Control of Cell Growth Rates for ion and Transformation,” ?led March 29, 2018;
US Patent ation Serial No. 62/671,385, entitled “Automated Control of Cell
Growth Rates for Induction and Transformation,” ?led May 14, 2018; US. Patent
Application Serial No. 62/648,130, entitled “Genomic Editing in Automated Systems,”
?led March 26, 2018; US Patent Application Serial No. 62/657,651, entitled
“Combination Reagent Cartridge and Electroporation Device,” ?led April 13, 2018;
US Patent Application Serial No. 62/657,654, entitled “Automated Cell sing
Systems Comprising Cartridges,” ?led April 13, 2018, and US Patent Application
Serial No. 62/689,068, entitled “Nucleic Acid Puri?cation Protocol for Use in
Automated Cell Processing s,” ?led June 20, 2018. All above identi?ed
applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
BACKGROUND
In the following discussion certain articles and methods will be described for
background and introductory purposes. Nothing contained herein is to be construed as
an “admission” of prior art. Applicant expressly reserves the right to demonstrate,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
where appropriate, that the articles and methods referenced herein do not constitute
prior art under the applicable statutory provisions.
Genome editing with engineered ses is a method in which changes to
nucleic acids are made in the genome of a living organism. Certain nucleases create
site-specific -strand breaks at target regions in the genome, which can be repaired
by nonhomologous end—j oining or homologous recombination, ing in targeted
edits. These methods, however, have not been compatible with automation due to low
efficiencies and challenges with cell ormation, growth measurement, and cell
selection. Moreover, traditional benchtop devices do not necessarily scale and integrate
well into an automated, modular system. s and systems to create edited cell
populations thus remain cumbersome, and the nges of introducing multiple
rounds of edits using recursive techniques has limited the nature and complexity of cell
populations that can be created.
There is thus a need for automated instruments, systems and methods for
introducing assembled nucleic acids and other biological molecules into living cells in
an automated n where the edited cells may be used for further experimentation
outside of the automated instrument.
SUMMARY OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
In certain embodiments, ted methods are used for nuclease-directed
genome editing of one or more target genomic regions in multiple cells, the methods
being performed in automated multi-module cell editing instruments. These s
can be used to generate ies ofliving cells of interest with desired genomic changes.
The automated methods carried out using the automated multi-module cell editing
instruments described herein can be used with a variety of nuclease-directed genome
editing techniques, and can be used with or without use of one or more selectable
markers.
The t disclosure thus provides, in ed embodiments, modules,
instruments, and systems for automated multi-module cell editing, including nuclease-
directed genome editing. Other speci?c embodiments of the automated multi-module
cell editing instruments of the disclosure are designed for recursive genome editing,
e. g., sequentially introducing multiple edits into genomes inside one or more cells of a
cell population h two or more editing operations within the instruments.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Thus; provided herein are embodiments of an automated multi-module cell
editing ment comprising: a housing con?gured to contain all or some of the
modules; a receptacle con?gured to receive cells; one or more receptacles con?gured
to e nucleic acids; a ormation module con?gured to introduce the nucleic
acids into the cells; a recovery module red to allow the cells to recover after cell
transformation in the transformation module; an editing module con?gured to allow the
nucleic acids transformed into the cells to edit nucleic acids in the cells; and a processor
con?gured to operate the automated module cell editing instrument based on user
input and/or selection of an appropriate controller .
In some aspects; the nucleic acids in the one or more acles comprise a
backbone and an editing cassette; and the ted multi-module cell editing
instrument further comprises a nucleic acid assembly module. In some aspects; the
nucleic acid assembly module comprises a magnet; and in some aspects; the nucleic
acid assembly module is con?gured to perform ly using a single; isothermal
reaction. In other aspects; the nucleic acid assembly module is con?gured to perform
an ampli?cation and/or ligation method
In some aspects of the automated multi-module cell editing ment; the
editing module and the recovery module are combined.
In some aspects; the automated multi—module cell editing instrument may
further comprise a growth module con?gured to grow the cells; and in some
implementations; the growth module measures optical density of the growing cells;
either continuously or at intervals. In some implementations; the sor is
con?gured to adjust growth conditions in the growth module such that the cells reach a
target optical density at a time requested by a user. Further; in some embodiments; the
user may be updated regarding growth process.
In some aspects; the automated module cell editing instrument comprises
a reagent cartridge where the receptacle con?gured to receive cells and the one or more
receptacles con?gured to receive c acids are contained within a reagent cartridge.
r; the reagent cartridge may also contain some or all reagents required for cell
editing. In some implementations; the reagents contained within the reagent cartridge
are locatable by a script read by the processor; and in some implementations; the reagent
cartridge includes reagents and is provided in a kit.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some s, the transformation module of the automated multi-module cell
editing instrument comprises an electroporation device; and in some implementations,
the electroporation device is a ?ow-through electroporation device.
Some aspects of the automated multi-module cell editing instrument further
comprise a ?ltration module con?gured to exchange liquids and/or concentrate the
cells. In c aspects, the ?ltration system can also be used to render the cells
electrocompetent.
In other embodiments, an automated multi-module cell editing instrument is
ed, where the automated multi-module cell editing instrument comprises a
g con?gured to house some or all of the s; a receptacle con?gured to
receive cells; at least one receptacle con?gured to receive a nucleic acid backbone and
an g cassette; a nucleic acid assembly module con?gured to a) assemble the
backbone and g cassette, and b) de—salt assembled nucleic acids after assembly; a
growth module con?gured to grow the cells and measure optical density (OD) of the
cells; a ?ltration module con?gured to concentrate the cells and render the cells
electrocompetent; a transformation module comprising a rough oporator
to introduce the assembled nucleic acids into the cells; a combination recovery and
editing module con?gured to allow the cells to recover after electroporation in the
ormation module and to allow the assembled nucleic acids to edit nucleic acids in
the cells; and a processor con?gured to operate the automated multi-module cell editing
instrument based on user input and/or selection of an appropriate controller script.
In some implementations, the automated multi-module cell editing instrument
provides a reagent cartridge comprising a plurality of reagent reservoirs, a ?ow-through
electroporation device, and a script le by a processor for dispensing reagents
located in the plurality of reagent reservoirs and controlling the ?ow-through
electroporation device.
In some aspects, the growth module includes a ature-controlled rotating
growth vial, a motor assembly to spin the vial, a ophotometer for measuring, e. g.,
OD in the vial, and a processor to accept input from a user and control the growth rate
of the cells. The growth module may automatically measure the OD of the growing
cells in the rotating growth vial continuously or at set intervals, and control the growth
of the cells to atarget OD and a target time as ed by the user. That is, the methods
and devices described herein provide a feedback loop that monitors cell growth in real
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
time, and adjusts the temperature of the rotating growth Vial in real time to reach the
target OD at a target time speci?ed by a user.
In some aspects of the automated multi-module cell editing ment, the
transformation module comprises a ?ow-through electroporation device, where the
?ow-through oporation device comprises an inlet and inlet channel for
introduction of the cell sample and assembled nucleic acids into the ?ow-through
electroporation device; an outlet and outlet channel for exit of the oporated cell
sample from the ?ow-through electroporation device; a ?ow channel intersecting and
positioned between the inlet channel and outlet channel, and two or more electrodes,
where the two or more electrodes are positioned in the ?ow channel between the
intersection of the ?ow channel with the ?rst inlet channel and the intersection of the
?ow l with the outlet channel, in ?uid communication with the cell sample in
the ?ow channel, and con?gured to apply an electric pulse or electric pulses to the cell
sample. In c aspects, the ?ow through electroporation device can comprise two
or more ?ow channels in parallel.
Systems for using the automated multi-module cell editing ment to
implement genomic editing operations within cells are also provided. These s
may optionally include one or more interfaces between the instrument and other devices
or receptacles for cell preparation, nucleic acid preparation, selection of edited cell
populations, functional analysis of edited cell populations, storage of edited cell
populations, and the like.
In addition, methods for using the automated multi-module cell g
instrument are provided. In some methods, electrocompetent cells are provided directly
to the instrument, preferably at a desired optical density, and transferred to a
transformation module. In some methods, cells are erred to a growth module,
where they are grown to a desired optical density. The cells are then transferred from
the growth vial to a ?ltration module where they are concentrated and optionally
rendered electrocompetent. The cells are then transferred to a transformation module.
In some s, assembled nucleic acid cassettes are provided directly to the
instrument, and transferred to a transformation module. In some aspects, nucleic acids,
such as a vector backbone and one or more oligonucleotide editing cassettes are
transferred to a c acid assembly module either simultaneously or tially
with the cell introduction or preparation. In this aspect, nucleic acids are assembled,
?alted (e.g., through a liquid exchange or osmosis), and transferred to the
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
transformation module to be electroporated into the electrocompetent cells.
Electroporation or transfection takes place in the transformation module, then the cells
are transferred to a recovery/editing module that ally includes selection of the
cells containing the one or more genomic edits. After recovery/editing/selection, the
cells may be retrieved and used directly for research or stored for r research, or
another round (or multiple rounds) of genomic editing can be performed by repeating
the editing steps within the instrument.
Also provided are cell libraries created using an automated multi-module cell
editing instrument for nuclease-directed genome editing, where the instrument
comprises: a housing; a receptacle red to receive cells and one or more rationally
ed nucleic acids comprising sequences to facilitate nuclease-directed genome
g events in the cells; a transformation module for introduction of the nucleic
acid(s) into the cells; an editing module for allowing the nuclease-directed genome
editing events to occur in the cells, and a processor configured to operate the automated
multi-module cell g ment based on user input, wherein the nuclease-directed
genome g events created by the automated instrument result in a cell library
comprising individual cells with rationally designed edits.
In some aspects, the cell library comprises a saturation mutagenesis cell library.
In some aspects, the cell library comprises a promoter swap cell library. In other
aspects, the cell library comprises a terminator swap cell library. In yet other aspects,
the cell library comprises a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) swap cell y.
In yet other aspects, the cell library comprises a promoter swap cell library.
In some implementations, the library comprises at least 0 edited cells,
and in yet other entations, the library ses at least 1,000,000 edited cells.
In some implementations, the nuclease-directed genome editing is RGN-
directed genome editing. In a preferred aspect, the instrument is configured for the use
of an inducible nuclease. The nuclease may be, e.g., chemically induced, virally
induced, light induced, temperature induced, or heat induced.
In some implementations, the instrument provides multiplexed genome editing
of multiple cells in a single cycle. In some aspects, the ment has the ability to edit
the genome of at least 5 cells in a single cycle. In other aspects, the instrument has the
ability to edit the genome of at least 100 cells in a single cycle. In yet other aspects, the
instrument has the ability to edit the genome of at least 1000 cells in a single cycle. In
a other s, the instrument has the ability to edit the genome of at least 10,000
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
cells in a single cycle. In c aspects, the automated multi-module cell editing
ments have the ability to edit the genome of at least 104, 105, 106 107, 103, 109,
1010, 1011, 1012, 1013, 1014 or more cells in a single cycle.
The number ofgenomic sites in a cell population that can be targeted for editing
in a single cycle can be between 2-10,000,000.
In some embodiments that involve recursive editing, the automated multimodule
cell editing instrument es introducing two or more genome edits into
cells, with a single genome edit added to the genomes of the cell population for each
cycle. Accordingly, some aspects the automated module cell editing instruments
of the present disclosure are useful for sequentially providing two or more edits per cell
in a cell population per cycle, three or more edits per cell in a cell population, ?ve or
more edits per cell in a population, or 10 or more edits per cell in a single cycle for a
cell population.
In c embodiments, the automated multi-module cell editing instrument is
able to provide an editing ncy of at least 10% of the cells introduced to the editing
module per cycle, preferably an editing ef?ciency of at least 20% of the cells introduced
to the editing module per cycle, more preferably an editing ef?ciency of at least 25%
of the cells uced to the editing module per cycle, still more preferably an editing
ef?ciency of at least 30% ofthe cells introduced to the editing module automated multi-
module cell editing instrument per cycle, yet more preferably an editing ef?ciency of
at least 40% of the cells introduced to the g module per cycle and even more
preferably 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more of the cells introduced to the editing
module per cycle.
Other features, advantages, and aspects will be described below in more detail.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The accompanying gs, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of
the speci?cation, illustrate one or more embodiments and, together with the description,
explain these embodiments. The accompanying drawings have not necessarily been
drawn to scale. Any values dimensions illustrated in the accompanying graphs and
?gures are for illustration purposes only and may or may not represent actual or
preferred values or ions. Where applicable, some or all features may not be
illustrated to assist in the description of underlying features. In the drawings:
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
FIGs. 1A and 1B depict plan and perspective views of an e embodiment
of an automated multi—module cell processing instrument for the multiplexed genome
editing of multiple cells using a replaceable cartridge(s) as a part of the instrument.
FIGs. 2A and 2B depict side and front views of the automated module
cell processing instrument of FIGs 1A and 1B.
FIGs. 2C and 2D depict a second example chassis of an automated multi-module
cell processing instrument.
FIGs. 3A-3C depict side, cut-away and perspective views of an example cell
wash and/or concentration module for use in an automated multi-module cell
processing instrument.
s an example combination nucleic acid assembly module and
puri?cation module for use in an automated module cell processing instrument.
depicts an example inline electroporation module for use in an
automated multi-module cell processing ment.
FIGs. 5B and 5C depict an example disposable ?ow-through electroporation
module for use in an ted multi-module cell processing instrument
FIGs, 6A—6B depict an e wash cartridge for use in an automated multi-
module cell processing instrument.
FIGS. 6C-6E depict an example reagent dge for use in an automated multi-
module cell processing instrument.
FIGs. 7A-7C provide a functional block diagram and two perspective views of
an example ?ltration module for use in an automated multi-module cell processing
instrument.
is a perspective views of an example ?lter cartridge for use in an
automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
FIGs. 8A-8F depict example cell growth modules for use in an ted multi-
module cell processing instrument.
is a ?ow chart of an example method for automated multi-module cell
processing.
A is a ?ow diagram of a ?rst example work?ow for automated
processing of bacterial cells by an ted module cell processing instrument.
B is a ?ow diagram of a second example work?ow for automated
processing of a bacterial cells by an automated multi-module cell processing
?rmnent.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
C is a ?ow diagram of an example work?ow for automated cell
processing of yeast cells by an automated multi—module cell processing instrument.
illustrates an example graphical user interface for ing instructions
to and receiving feedback from an automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
A is a functional block system diagram of r example embodiment
of an automated multi—module cell processing instrument for the multiplexed genome
editing of multiple cells.
B is a functional block system diagram of yet another example
embodiment of an ted multi-module cell processing instrument for the recursive,
multiplexed genome editing of multiple cells.
is an example control system for use in an automated mode cell
processing instrument.
ED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS
The description set forth below in connection with the appended drawings is
intended to be a description of various, illustrative ments ofthe disclosed subject
matter. Specific features and functionalities are described in connection with each
illustrative embodiment; however, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the
disclosed embodiments may be practiced without each of those speci?c features and
onalities.
The practice of the techniques described herein may employ the techniques set
forth in Green, et al., Eds. (1999), Genome Analysis: A Laboratory Manual Series
(Vols. I-IV); Weiner, Gabriel, ns, Eds. (2007), Genetic Variation: A Laboratory
Manual, Dieffenbach, Dveksler, Eds. (2003), PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual,
Bovvtell and Sambrook (2003), Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis;
Sambrook and Russell , sed Protocols from Molecular g: A
Laboratory Manual; and Green and Sambrook, (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory
Manual. 4th, ed., Cold Spring Harbor tory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY,
2014); Stryer, L. (1995) Biochemistry (4th Ed.) W.H. Freeman, New York NY; Gait,
“Oligonucleotide sis: A Practical Approach” 1984, IRL Press, London, Nelson
and Cox (2000), Lehninger, Principles of Biochemistry 3rd Ed., W. H. Freeman Pub,
New York, NY, and Berg et al. (2002) Biochemistry, 5th Ed., W.H, Freeman Pub,
New York, NY, all of which are herein incorporated in their entirety by reference for
?urposes,
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Note that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a,"
"an," and "the" include plural nts unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
Thus, for example, reference to “an oligo” refers to one or more oligos that serve the
same function, to “the methods” includes reference to equivalent steps and s
known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. That is, unless expressly specified
otherwise, as used herein the words "a,H II an," "the" carry the meaning of "one or more"
Additionally, it is to be understood that terms such as "left," "right," "top," "bottom,"
"front," 'rear," "side," "height," "length," "widt ," "upper," "lower, Interior,”
"exterior, inner, outer" that may be used herein merely describe points of nce
and do not necessarily limit embodiments of the present disclosure to any particular
orientation or con?guration.
Furthermore, terms such as "?rst," "second," "third," etc, merely fy one of a
number of portions, components, steps, operations, functions, and/or points of reference
as sed herein, and likewise do not necessarily limit embodiments of the present
disclosure to any particular uration or orientation.
Furthermore, the terms ximately, II II proximate, I! II minor," and similar
terms
generally refer to ranges that include the identified value within a margin of 20%, 10%
preferably 5% in certain embodiments, and any values therebetween.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scienti?c terms used herein have the
same meaning as commonly tood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this
disclosure belongs.
All publications (including patents, published applications, and tent
literature) ned herein are incorporated by reference for all es, including
but not limited to the purpose of describing and disclosing devices, systems, and
methods that may be used or modified in connection with the tly described
methods, modules, instruments, and systems.
Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value,
between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening
value in that stated range is encompassed within the disclosure. The upper and lower
limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges, and
are also encompassed within the sure, subject to any specifically excluded limit
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges
excluding either both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure.
Reference throughout the speci?cation to "one embodimen " or an
ment"
means that a particular feature, structure, or teristic described in connection with
embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the subject matter disclosed.
Thus, the appearance of the phrases "in one embodimen " " in
or "in an embodimen
s places throughout the speci?cation is not necessarily referring to the same
embodiment.
r, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined
in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. Further, it is intended that
embodiments of the disclosed subject matter cover modifications and variations
thereof
Introduction and Overview
In selected embodiments, the automated multi-module cell editing instruments,
systems and methods described herein can be used in multiplexed genome editing in
living cells, as well as in s for constructing libraries of edited cell populations,
The automated multi-module cell g instruments disclosed herein can be used with
a y me editing techniques, and in particular with nuclease-directed genome
editing. The automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the sure provide
novel methods for introducing nucleic acid sequences targeting genomic sites for
editing the genome of living cells, including methods for constructing libraries
sing various classes of genomic edits to coding regions, non-coding regions, or
both. The automated multi-module cell editing instruments are particularly suited to
introduction of genome edits to multiple cells in a single cycle, thereby generating
libraries of cells having one or more genome edits in an automated, multiplexed fashion.
The automated multi-module cell editing instruments are also suited to uce two
or more edits, e. g., edits to different target genomic sites in individual cells of a cell
population. r one or many, these genome edits are preferably rationallydesigned
edits; that is, nucleic acids that are designed and created to introduce specific
edits to target regions within a cell’s genome. The sequences used to tate genome-
?ing events include sequences that assist in guiding nuclease cleavage, the
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
introduction of a genome edit to a region of interest, and/or both. These sequences may
also include an edit to a region of the cell’s genome to allow the speci?c ally
designed edit in the cell’s genome to be tracked. Such methods of ucing edits
into cells are taught, e.g., in US. Pat. No. US 9,982,278, entitled “CRISPR enabled
multiplexed genome engineering,” by Gill et al., and US. Pat No. 10,017,760,
application serial no. 15/632,222, entitled “Methods for generating barcoded
combinatorial libraries,” to Gill et al.
Such nucleic acids and ucleotides (or “oligos”) are intended to include,
but are not limited to, a polymeric form of nucleotides that may have various lengths,
including either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or analogs f. The
nucleic acids and oligonucleotides for use in the rative embodiments can be
modi?ed at one or more positions to e stability uced during chemical
synthesis or subsequent enzymatic modi?cation or polymerase copying. These
modi?cations include, but are not limited to, the inclusion of one or more alkylated
nucleic acids, locked nucleic acids (LNAs), peptide nucleic acids (PNAs),
onates, phosphothioates in the oligomer. Examples of modi?ed nucleotides
include, but are not limited to 5-?uorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-
iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uracil,
-carboxymethylaminomethylthiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil,
dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosquueosine, inosine, pentenyladenine, 1-
methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-
methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-
methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethylthiouracil, beta-D-
quueosine, 5'-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-
D46-isopentenyladenine, uracil-S-oxyacetic acid (V), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil,
queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl—2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-
methyluracil, uracil—S-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-S—oxyacetic acid (v), 5-
methylthiouracil, 3-(3-aminoNcarboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-
opurine. Nucleic acid molecules may also be modi?ed at the base moiety, sugar
moiety or phosphate ne.
Nuclease-Directed Genome Editin
In selected ments, the automated multi-module cell editing instruments
Embed herein utilize a nuclease-directed genome editing system. Multiple different
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
nuclease-based systems exist for providing edits into an organism’s , and each
can be used in either single editing systems, sequential editing systems (eg, using
different nuclease-directed systems sequentially to provide two or more genome edits
in a cell) and/or recursive editing systems, (e.g. ing a single nuclease-directed
system to introduce two or more genome edits in a cell). ary nuclease-directed
genome editing systems are bed herein, although a person of skill in the art would
recognize upon g the present disclosure that other enzyme-directed editing
systems are also useful in the automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the
illustrative ments.
It should be noted that the automated systems as set forth herein can use the
nucleases for cleavage of the genome and introduction of an edit into a target genomic
region using an instrument of the disclosure.
In particular aspects of the illustrative embodiments, the nuclease editing
system is an inducible system that allows control of the timing of the editing. The
inducible system may include inducible expression of the nuclease, inducible
expression of the editing nucleic acids, or both. The ability to modulate nuclease
activity can reduce off—target ge and i'lieilitate precise getter-tie engineering,
Numerous different inducible systems can be used with the automated multi-module
cell editing ments of the disclosure, as will be. nt ti:- Cwne skilled in the art
upon reading the present tlisclos urei
In certain aspects, cleavage by a nuclease can be also be used with the automated
multi-module cell editing instruments of the illustrative embodiments to select cells
with a genomic edit at a target region. For example, cells that have been subjected to
a genomic edit that s a particular nuclease recognition site (e. g., via homologous
recombination) can be selected using the automated multi-module cell g
ments and systems of the illustrative embodiments by ng the cells to the
nuclease following such edit. The DNA in the cells without the genome edit will be
cleaved and subsequently will have limited growth and/or perish, whereas the cells that
received the genome edit removing the nuclease recognition site will not be affected by
the subsequent exposure to the nuclease.
If the cell or tion of cells includes a nucleic acid-guided nuclease
encoding DNA that is induced by an inducer molecule, the nuclease will be expressed
only in the presence of the inducer molecule. Alternatively, if the cell or population of
?s includes a nucleic acid-guided nuclease encoding DNA that is repressed by a
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
repressor molecule, the nuclease will be sed only in the absence of the sor
molecule.
For example, inducible systems for editing using RNA-guided nuclease have
been described, which use chemical ion to limit the temporal exposure of the cells
to the RNA-guided nuclease. (US Patent ation Publication 2015/0291966 A1 to
Zhang et al., entitled “Inducible DNA Binding Proteins and Genome Perturbation Tools
and Applications Thereof,” ?led Jan. 23, 2015; eso alse inducible iral sien
vectni‘s available at Horizon/'Dliannaeon, Lafayette, CO, For additienal techniques, see
eg, Campbell, Targeting protein funetien: tlie expanding lonllrit fer conditional
disruption, m J., 473(17): 2573—25 89 (2016).
In other examples, a virus-inducible se can be used to induce gene editing
in cells. See, e. g., Dong, Establishment of a highly ef?cient virus-inducible
CRISPR/Cas9 system in insect cells, Antiviral Res, 130:50-7 (2016). in another
example, for inducible expression of nucleic acicl directed nucleases, variants can be
switched on and off in mammalian cells with fauliydroxytamnxifen (44411") by fusing the
nuclease with the lmrninnebindiiig domain {if the estrrigeii receptor (ERTZI) (Lin, et
al Nature Chemical Biology, l2:9804337 {20E <3} and see International Patent
Application Publication A1 to Tan, entitled “Chemical-Inducible
Genome Engineering Technology,” ?led Nov. 7, 2016.
In addition, a number of gene regulation control systems have been developed
for the controlled expression of genes in cells, both prokaryotic and eukaryotic. These
systems e the tetracycline-controlled transcriptional activation system (Tet-
On/Tet-Off, Clontech, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), the Lac Switch Inducible system (US.
Patent No. 4,833,080 to Brent et al., entitled “Regulation of eucaryotic gene
expression”), the ecdysone-inducible gene expression system (No et al., Ecdysone-
inducible gene expression in mammalian cells and transgenic mice, PNAS, 93(8):3346-
3351 (1996)), and the cumate gene-switch system (Mullick, et al., The cumate gene—
switch: a system for regulated expression in mammalian cells, BMC hnology,
6:43 (2006)).
The cells that can be edited using the automated multi-module cell g
ments of the rative ments include any prokaryotic, archaeal or
eukaryotic cell. For e, prokaryotic cells for use with the present illustrative
embodiments can be gram positive bacterial cells, e.g., Bacillus subtilis, or gram
Eative bacterial cells, e.g., E. coli cells. Eukaryotic cells for use With the automated
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
multi-module cell editing ments of the illustrative ments include any plant
cells and any animal cells, 6. g. fungal cells, insect cells, amphibian cells de cells,
or mammalian cells.
Zinc-tmger Nuclease Genome Editing
In selected embodiments, the automated multi-module cell g instruments
described herein perform zinc—finger nuclease genome editing. Zinc-finger nucleases
(ZFNs) are arti?cial restriction enzymes ted by fusing a zinc ?nger DNA-binding
domain to a DNA-cleavage domain. Zinc finger domains can be ered to target-
specific regions in an organism’s genome. (Urnov et al., Nature Reviews Genetics,
11:636—646 (2010), International Patent Application Publication A2
to Carroll et a1. entitled “Targeted Chromosomal Mutagenesis Using Zinc Finger
Nucleases,” filed Jan. 22, 2003). Using the endogenous DNA repair machinery of an
organism, ZFNs can be used to precisely alter a target region of the genome. ZFNs can
be used to disable dominant ons in heterozygous individuals by producing
-strand breaks (“DSBs”) in the DNA in the mutant allele, which will, in the
absence of a homologous template, be repaired by non-homologous end-j oining
(NHEJ). NHEJ repairs DSBs by joining the two ends together and usually produces no
mutations, provided that the cut is clean and uncomplicated. (Durai et al., Zinc finger
nucleases: custom-designed molecular scissors for genome engineering of plant and
mammalian cells, c Acids Res., 33(18):5978-90 (2005)). This repair mechanism
can be used to induce errors in the genome via indels or chromosomal ngement,
often ing the gene products coded at that on non-functional.
Alternatively, DNA can be introduced into a genome in the presence of
exogenous double-stranded DNA fragments using gy dependent repair (HDR).
The dependency of HDR on a homologous sequence to repair DSBs can be exploited
by inserting a desired sequence within a sequence that is homologous to the ?anking
ces of a DSB which, when used as a template by HDR system, leads to the
creation of the desired change within the genomic region of interest.
Multiple pairs of ZFNs can also be used to completely remove entire large
segments of genomic sequence (Lee et al., Genome Res, 20 (1): 81—9 (2009); and US
Patent Application Publication 2011/0082093 A1 to Gregory et a1. entitled “Methods
and Compositions for Treating Trinucleotide Repeat Disorders,” filed July 28, 2010).
?anded CAG/CTG repeat tracts are the genetic basis for more than a dozen inherited
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
neurological disorders including Huntington’s disease, myotonic dystrophy, and
several spinocerebellar s. It has been demonstrated in human cells that ZFNs can
direct DSBs to CAG repeats and shrink the repeat from long pathological lengths to
short, less toxic lengths (Mittelman, et al., Zinc—?nger ed double—strand breaks
within CAG repeat tracts promote repeat instability in human cells, PNAS USA, 106
(24): 2 (2009); and US Patent Application Publication 2013/0253040 A1 to
Miller et a1. entitled ds and Compositions for Treating Huntington’s Disease,”
?led Feb. 28, 2013).
Meganuclease Genome Editing
In selected embodiments, the automated multi—module cell editing, modules
instruments and systems described herein perform meganuclease genome editing.
Meganucleases were identi?ed in the 1990s, and uent work has shown that they
are particularly promising tools for genome g, as they are able to ef?ciently
induce homologous recombination, generate mutations in coding or non-coding regions
of the genome, and alter reading frames of the coding regions of genomes. (See, e.g.,
Epinat, et al., A novel engineered meganuclease induces homologous ination in
eukaryotic cells, e.g., yeast and mammalian cells, Nucleic Acids Research, 31(11):
2952—2962, and US Patent No. 8,921,332 to Choulika et a1. entitled “Chromosomal
Modi?cation Involving the Induction of Double-stranded DNA Cleavage and
Homologous Recombination at the Cleavage Site,” issued December 30, 2014.) The
high speci?city of cleases gives them a high degree of precision and much
lower cell toxicity than other naturally ing restriction enzymes.
Transcrigtion Activator-like E?ector Nuclease Editing
In selected embodiments, the automated multi—module cell editing modules,
instruments and s described herein perform transcription activator-like effector
nuclease editing. Transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENS) are
restriction s that can be engineered to cut speci?c sequences of DNA. They are
made by fusing a TAL effector DNA-binding domain to a DNA cleavage domain (a
nuclease which cuts DNA strands). Transcription activator—like or nucleases
(TALENs) can be engineered to bind to practically any desired DNA sequence, so when
combined with a nuclease, DNA can be cut at speci?c locations. (See, e.g., , et
EATALE nuclease architecture for ef?cient genome editing, Nature Biotechnology,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
29 (2): 143—8 (2011); Boch, Nature Biotech.,TALEs of genome ing, 29(2): 135—
6 (2011), International Patent Application Publication WO 79430 A1 to Bonas
er a1. entitled “Modular DNA-binding Domains and Methods of Use,” ?led January 12,
2010; International Patent ation Publication A2 to Voytas et
a1. entitled “TAL Effector-Mediated DNA Modi?cation,” ?led December 10, 2010).
Like ZFNs, TALENs can edit genomes by inducing DSBs. The TALEN-
created site-speci?c DSBs at target regions are repaired through NHEJ or HDR,
resulting in targeted genome edits. TALENs can be used to introduce indels,
rearrangements, or to introduce DNA into a genome through NHEJ in the ce of
exogenous double-stranded DNA fragments.
RNA-guided Nuclease [RGN] Editing
In certain aspects, the genome editing of the automated multi-module cell
editing instruments of the illustrative embodiments utilize clustered regularly
interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) techniques, in which RNA-guided
ses (RGNs) are used to edit speci?c target s in an organism’s genome. By
delivering the RGN complexed with a synthetic guide RNA (gRNA) into a cell, the
cell's genome can be cut at a d location, allowing edits to the target region of the
genome. The guide RNA helps the RGN proteins recognize and cut the DNA of the
target genome region. By lating the nucleotide sequence of the guide RNA, the
RGN system could be programmed to target any DNA sequence for cleavage.
The RGN system used with the automated module cell editing
instruments of the illustrative embodiments can perform genome editing using any
ided nuclease system with the ability to both cut and paste at a desired target
genomic region. In certain aspects, the RNA-guided nuclease system may use two
separate RNA molecules as a gRNA, e.g., a CRISPR RNA (chNA) and trans-
activating CRISPR RNA NA). In other aspects, the gRNA may be a single
gRNA that includes both the chNA and trachNA sequences.
In n aspects, the genome editing both introduces a desired DNA change to
a target region and removes the proto-spacer motif(PAM) region from the target region,
thus ding any additional editing of the genome at that target region, e.g., upon
exposure to a RNA-guided nuclease complexed with a synthetic gRNA complementary
to the target region. In this aspect, a ?rst editing event can be, eg, an RGN-directed
?ing event or a homologous recombination event, and cells having the desired edit
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
can be selected using an RGN xed with a synthetic gRNA complementary to the
target region. Cells that did not o the ?rst editing event will be cut, and thus will
not continue to be viable under appropriate selection criteria. The cells containing the
desired mutation will not be cut, as they will no longer contain the necessary PAM site,
and will continue to grow and propagate in the automated multi-module cell editing
ment
When the RGN protein system is used for selection, it is primarily the g
activity that is needed; thus the RNA-guided nuclease protein system can either be the
same as used for editing, or may be a RGN protein system that is ef?cient in g
using a particular PAM site, but not necessarily ef?cient in editing at the site. One
important aspect of the nuclease used for selection is the recognition of the PAM site
that is replaced using the g approach of the previous genome editing operation.
Genome Editing by Homologous Recombination
In other aspects, the genome editing of the automated multi-module cell editing
instruments of the rative embodiments can utilize homologous recombination
methods including the cre-lox technique and the FRET technique. Site-speci?c
homologous recombination differs from general homologous recombination in that
short speci?c DNA sequences, which are required for the recombinase recognition, are
the only sites at which recombination occurs. Site-speci?c recombination requires
specialized recombinases to recognize the sites and catalyze the ination at these
sites. A number of iophage- and yeast-derived site-speci?c recombination
systems, each comprising a recombinase and speci?c cognate sites, have been shown
to work in eukaryotic cells for the purpose of DNA integration and are therefore
applicable for use in the t ion, and these e the bacteriophage P1
x, yeast FLP-FRT system, and the Dre system of the ne family of site-
speci?c recombinases. Such systems and methods of use are described, for example, in
US. Patent Nos. 7,422,889; 715; 6,956,146; 6,774,279; 5,677,177; 5,885,836;
,654,182, and 4,959,317, which are incorporated herein by reference to teach methods
of using such recombinases. Other systems ofthe tyrosine family such as bacteriophage
lambda Int integrase, HK2022 integrase, and in addition systems belonging to the
separate serine family of recombinases such as bacteriophage phiC31, R4Tp901
integrases are known to work in mammalian cells using their respective recombination
as, and are also applicable for use in the present invention. Exemplary methodologies
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
ed set by KIM
for homologous recombination are described in US. Patent Nos. 6,689,610, 6,204,061,
,631,153, 5,627,059; 5,487,992, and 5,464,764, each of which is incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
Instrument Architecture
FIGS. 1A and 1B depict an example ted multi-module cell processing
instrument 100 utilizing cartridge-based source materials (e.g., ts, enzymes,
c acids, wash solutions, etc.) The instrument 100, for example, may be designed
as a desktop instrument for use within a laboratory environment. The instrument 100
may incorporate a mixture of reusable and disposable elements for performing various
staged operations in conducting automated genome cleavage and/or editing in cells.
The cartridge-based source materials, for e, may be positioned in designated
areas on a deck 102 of the instrument 100 for access by a robotic handling ment
108. As illustrated in , the deck 102 may include a protection sink such that
contaminants spilling, ng, or over?owing from any of the modules of the
instrument 100 are contained within a lip of the protection sink.
Turning to , the instrument 100, in some implementations, includes a
reagent cartridge 104 for introducing DNA samples and other source materials to the
instrument 100, a wash cartridge 106 for introducing eluent and other source materials
to the instrument 100, and a robot handling system 108 for moving materials between
modules (for example, modules 110a, 110b, and 110c) cartridge receptacles (for
example, acles of cartridges 104 and 106), and storage units (e.g., units 112, 114,
116, and 118) of the instrument 100 to perform automated genome cleavage and/or
editing. Upon completion of processing of the cell supply 106, in some embodiments,
cell output may be transferred by the robot handling instrument 108 to a storage unit or
acle placed in, e.g., reagent cartridge 104 or wash cartridge 106 for temporary
storage and later retrieval.
The robotic handling system 108, for e, may include an air displacement
pump 120 to transfer liquids from the various material sources of the cartridges 104,
106 to the various modules 110 and to the storage unit, which may be a receptacle in
reagent cartridge 104 or wash cartridge 106. In other embodiments, the robotic
handling system 108 may include a pick and place head (not rated) to transfer
containers of source materials (e. g., tubes or vials) from the reagent cartridge 104 and/or
?wash cartridge 106 to the various modules 110. In some embodiments, one or more
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
cameras or other optical sensors (not shown) con?rm proper movement and position of
the robotic handling apparatus along a gantry 122.
In some embodiments, the robotic handling system 108 uses disposable transfer
tips provided in a transfer tip supply 116 (e.g., pipette tip rack) to transfer source
materials, reagents (e.g., nucleic acid ly), and cells within the instrument 100.
Used transfer tips 116, for example, may be discarded in a solid waste unit 112. In some
implementations, the solid waste unit 112 contains a kicker to remove tubes, tips, Vials,
and/or ?lters from the pick and place head of robotic handling system 108. For
e, as illustrated the robotic handling system 108 includes a ?lter pickup head
124.
In some embodiments, the instrument 100 includes electroporator cuvettes with
sippers that connect to the air displacement pump 120. In some entations, cells
and reagent are aspirated into the electroporation e through a sipper, and the
cuvette is moved to one or more modules 110 of the instrument 100.
In some implementations, the instrument 100 is controlled by a processing
system 126 such as the processing system 1310 of . The sing system 126
may be con?gured to operate the instrument 100 based on user input. For example, user
input may be received by the instrument 100 through a touch screen control display
128. The processing system 126 may control the , duration, temperature and other
operations of the various modules 110 of the instrument 100. Turning to , the
processing system 126 may be connected to a power source 150 for the operation of the
instrument 100.
Retuming to , the reagent cartridge 104, as illustrated, includes sixteen
oirs (a matrix of 5 X 3 reservoirs, plus an additional reservoir) and a ?ow-through
transformation module roporation device) 110c. The wash cartridge 106 may be
red to accommodate large tubes or reservoirs to store, for example, wash
solutions, or ons that are used often throughout an iterative process. Further, in
some embodiments, the wash cartridge 106 may include a number of smaller tubes,
vials, or reservoirs to retain smaller volumes of, e.g., source media as well as a
receptacle or repository for edited cells. For example, the wash cartridge 106 may be
red to remain in place when two or more reagent cartridges 104 are sequentially
used and ed. Although the reagent cartridge 104 and wash cartridge 106 are
shown in as separate cartridges, in other embodiments, the contents ofthe wash
?ridge 106 may be incorporated into the reagent cartridge 104. In further
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
embodiments, three or more cartridges may be loaded into the automated multi-module
cell sing instrument 100. In certain embodiments, the reagent cartridge 104,
wash cartridge 106, and other components of the modules 110 in the automated multi-
module cell processing instrument 100 are packaged together in a kit.
The wash and reagent cartridges 104, 106, in some implementations, are
disposable kits provided for use in the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument 100. For example, the user may open and position each of the t
cartridge 104 and the wash cartridge 106 within a chassis of the automated multi-
module cell processing instrument prior to activating cell processing. Example chassis
are discussed in r detail below in relation to FIGs 2A through 2D.
Components of the cartridges 104, 106, in some entations, are marked
with machine-readable indicia, such as bar codes, for recognition by the robotic
handling system 108. For example, the robotic handling system 108 may scan
containers within each of the cartridges 104, 106 to con?rm ts. In other
implementations, machine-readable indicia may be marked upon each cartridge 104,
106, and the processing system of the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument 100 may identify a stored materials map based upon the e-readable
indicia.
Turning to FIGs. 6A-6B, in some embodiments, the wash cartridge 106 is a
wash cartridge 600 including a pair of large bottles 602, a set of four small tubes 604,
and a large tube 606 held in a cartridge body 608. Each of the bottles 602 and tubes
604, 606, in some embodiments, is sealed with a pierceable foil for access by an
automated liquid handling system, such as a sipper or pipettor. In other embodiments,
each of the bottles 602 and tubes 604, 606 es a sealable access . The top
of each of the s 602 and tubes 604, 606, in some embodiments, is marked with
machine-readable indicia (not illustrated) for automated identi?cation of the contents.
In some embodiments, the large bottles 602 each contain wash solution. The
wash solution may be a same or different wash solutions. In some es, wash
solutions may contain, e. g., , buffer and 10% glycerol, 80% ethanol.
In some implementations, a cover 610 secures the bottles 602 and tubes 604,
606 within the cartridge body 608. Turning to , the cover 610 may include
apertures for access to each of the bottles 602 and tubes 604, 606. Further, the cover
610 may include machine-readable indicia 612 for identifying the type of cartridge
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
(e.g., accessing a map of the cartridge contents). Alternatively, each aperture may be
marked separately with the dual contents.
Turning to FIGS. 6C-E, in some implementations, the t cartridge 104 is a
reagent cartridge 620 including a set of sixteen small tubes or vials 626, and ?ow-
h electroporation module 624, held in a cartridge body 622. Each of the small
tubes or vials 626, in some embodiments, is sealed with pierceable foil for access by an
automated liquid handling system, such as a sipper or pipettor. In other embodiments,
each of the small tubes or vials 626 es a sealable access gasket. The top of each
of the small tubes or vials 626, in some embodiments, is marked with machine-readable
a (not illustrated) for automated ?cation of the ts. The machine-
readable indicia may include a bar code, QR code, or other e-readable coding.
Other automated means for identifying a particular container can include color coding,
symbol recognition (e.g., text, image, icon, etc), and/or shape recognition (e.g., a
relative shape of the container). Rather than being marked upon the vessel itself, in
some embodiments, an upper surface of the cartridge body and/or the cartridge cover
may contain machine-readable indicia for identifying contents. The small tubes or vials
may each be of a same size. Alternatively, multiple volumes of tubes or vials may be
provided in the reagent cartridge 620. In an illustrative example, each tube or vial may
be designed to hold between 2 and 20 mL, between 4 and 10 mL, or about 5mL.
In an illustrative example, the small tubes or vials 626 may each hold one the
following materials: a vector backbone, oligonucleotides, ts for isothermal
nucleic acid assembly, a upplied cell sample, an inducer agent, magnetic beads in
buffer, ethanol, an antibiotic for cell selection, reagents for eluting cells and nucleic
acids, an oil overlay, other reagents, and cell growth and/or recovery media.
In some implementations, a cover 628 secures the small tubes or vials 626
within the cartridge body 622. Turning to , the cover 628 may include apertures
for access to each of the small tubes or vials 626. Three large apertures 632 are outlined
in a bold (e.g., blue) band to te positions to add user-supplied materials. The
user—supplied materials, for e, may include a vector backbone, oligonucleotides,
and a cell sample. Further, the cover 610 may include machine-readable indicia 630 for
identifying the type of cartridge (e. g., accessing a map of the cartridge contents).
atively, each aperture may be marked separately with the individual contents. In
some implementations, to ensure positioning of user-supplied materials, the vials or
?es provided for filling in the lab environment may have unique shapes or sizes such
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
that the cell sample vial or tube only ?ts in the cell sample aperture, the ucleotides
vial or tube only ?ts in the oligonucleotides aperture, and so on.
Turning back to , also illustrated is the robotic ng system 108
including the gantry 122. In some examples, the robotic handling system 108 may
include an automated liquid handling system such as those manufactured by Tecan
Group Ltd. of orf, Switzerland, Hamilton Company of Reno, NV (see, e. g.,
W02018015544A1 to Ott, entitled “Pipetting device, ?uid sing system and
method for operating a ?uid processing system”), or Beckman Coulter, Inc. of Fort
Collins, CO. (see, e.g., US20160018427A1 to Striebl et al., entitled “Methods and
systems for tube inspection and liquid level detection”). The robotic handling system
108 may include an air displacement pipettor 120. The t cartridges 104, 106
allow for particularly easy integration with the liquid handling instrumentation of the
robotic handling system 108 such as air displacement pipettor 120. In some
embodiments, only the air cement pipettor 120 is moved by the gantry 122 and
the s modules 110 and cartridges 104, 106 remain stationary. Pipette tips 116
may be provided for use with the air displacement or 120.
In some embodiments, an automated mechanical motion system (actuator) (not
shown) additionally supplies XY axis motion control or XYZ axis motion control to
one or more modules 110 and/or cartridges 104, 106 of the automated multi-module
cell processing system 100. Used pipette tips 116, for example, may be placed by the
robotic handling system in a waste repository 112. For example, an active module may
be raised to come into contact-accessible positioning with the robotic handling system
or, conversely, lowered after use to avoid impact with the robotic ng system as
the robotic handling system is moving materials to other modules 110 within the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument 100.
The automated multi—module cell sing instrument 100, in some
implementations, includes the ?ow-through electroporation module 110c included in
the reagent cartridge 104. A ?ow-through electroporation connection bridge 132, for
example, is engaged with the ?ow-through electroporation device after the cells and
nucleic acids are transferred into the device via an input channel. The bridge 132
provides both a liquid-tight seal and an electrical tion to the electrodes, as well
as l for ting electroporation within the electroporation module 1100. For
example, the electroporation connection bridge 132 may be connected to ?ow-through
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
electroporation controls 134 within an electronics rack 136 of the automated multi-
module cell sing instrument 100.
In some implementations, the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument 100 includes dual cell growth modules 110a, 110b. The cell growth modules
110a, 110b, as illustrated each include a rotating cell growth vial 130a, 130b. At least
one of the cell growth s 110a, 110b may additionally include an integrated
ion module (not illustrated). In alternative embodiments, a ?ltration module or a
cell wash and tration module may instead be separate from cell growth modules
110a, 110b (e.g., as described in relation to cell growth module 1210a and ?ltration
module 1210b of FIGS. 12A and 12B). The cell growth modules 110a, 110b, for
example, may each include the features and functionalities discussed in relation to the
cell growth module 800 of FIGs. 8A-F.
A ion n of one or both ofthe cell growth modules 110a, 110b,
in some embodiments, use replaceable ?lters stored in a ?lter cassette 118. For
example, the robotic handling system may include the ?lter p head 124 to pick
up and engage ?lters for use with one or both of the cell growth modules 110a, 110b.
The ?lter pick-up head transfers a ?lter to the growth module, pipettes up the cells from
the growth module, then washes and renders the cells electrocompetent. The medium
from the cells, and the wash ?uids are disposed in waste module 114.
] In some implementations, automated module cell processing
instrument 100 includes a nucleic acid assembly and puri?cation function (e.g., nucleic
acid assembly module) for combining materials ed in the reagent cartridge 104
into an assembled nucleic acid for cell editing. Further, a desalting or puri?cation
operation puri?es the assembled nucleic acids and de—salts the buffer such that the
nucleic acids are more ef?ciently electroporated into the cells. The c acid
assembly and puri?cation feature may include a on chamber or tube receptacle
(not shown) and a magnet (not shown).
Although the example instrument 100 is illustrated as including a
particular arrangement of modules 110, this implementation is for illustrative purposes
only. For example, in other embodiments, more or fewer modules 110 may be included
within the instrument 100, and different modules may be included such as, e.g., a
module for cell fusion to produce hybridomas and/or a module for protein production.
Further, certain modules may be replicated within certain embodiments, such as the
alicate cell growth modules 110a, 110b of .
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
In some embodiments, the cells are modi?ed prior to uction onto
the automated module cell editing instrument. For e, the cells may be
modi?ed by using a 90 red system to replace a target gene with an antibiotic resistance
gene, usually for kanamycin or chloramphenicol. (See Datsenko and Wanner, One—step
inactivation of chromosomal genes in Escherichia coli K-12 using PCR products,
PNAS USA, 97(12):6640-5 (2000), US Patent No. 6,509,156 B1 to Stewart 62‘ a1.
entitled “DNA Cloning Method Relying on the E. coli ecT Recombination
System,” issued Jan. 21, 2003.) In some embodiments, the cells may have already been
ormed or ected with a vector comprising an expression te for a
nuclease. In another example, a desired gene edit may be introduced to the cell
population prior to introduction to the automated multi-module cell editing instrument
(e. g., using homology directed repair), and the system used to select these edits using a
nuclease and/or add additional edits to the cell population.
FIGs. 2A through 2D rate example s 200 and 230 for use in
desktop versions of an automated multi-module cell processing instrument. For
example, the chassis 200 and 230 may have a width of about 24 — 48 inches, a height
of about 24-48 inches and a depth of about 24-48 inches. Each of the chassis 200 and
230 may be designed to hold multiple modules and disposable supplies used in
automated cell processing. Further, each chassis 200 and 250 may mount a robotic
handling system for moving materials between s.
FIGS. 2A and 2B depict a first example chassis 200 of an automated
multi-module cell processing instrument. As illustrated, the chassis 200 includes a
cover 202 having a handle 204 and hinges 206 for lifting the cover 202 and accessing
an interior ofthe chassis 200. A g grate 214 may allow for air ?ow via an internal
fan (not shown). Further, the chassis 200 is lifted by adjustable feet 220. The feet 220,
for example, may provide additional air ?ow beneath the chassis 200. A control button
216, in some embodiments, allows for single-button automated start and stop of cell
processing within the chassis 200.
Inside the chassis 200, in some implementations, a robotic handling
system 208 is disposed along a gantry 210 above materials cartridges 212a, 212b and
modules. Control circuitry, liquid handling tubes, air pump controls, valves, thermal
units (e. g., g and cooling units) and other control mechanisms, in some
embodiments, are disposed below a deck of the chassis 200, in a control box region
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Although not illustrated, in some embodiments, a display screen may be
positioned upon a front face of the chassis 200, for example covering a portion of the
cover 202. The display screen may provide information to the user regarding a
processing status of the automated module cell processing instrument. In another
example, the display screen may accept inputs from the user for conducting the cell
processing
FIGS. 2C and 2D depict a second example chassis 230 of an automated
multi-module cell processing instrument. The chassis 230, as illustrated, includes a
transparent door 232 with a hinge 234. For example, the door may swing to the left of
the page to provide access to a work area of the chassis. The user, for example, may
open the transparent door 232 to load es, such as reagent cartridges and wash
cartridges, into the chassis 230.
In some embodiments, a front face of the chassis 230 further includes a
display (e.g., touch screen y device) 236 illustrated to the right of the door 232.
The display 236 may provide information to the user regarding a processing status of
the automated multi-module cell sing instrument. In another example, the
display 236 may accept inputs from the user for conducting the cell processing.
An air grate 238 on a right face of the chassis 230 may provide for air
?ow within a work area (e.g., above the deck) of the chassis 230 (e.g., above a deck),
A second air grate 240 on a left of the chassis 230 may provide for air ?ow within a
l box region 242 (e. g, below the deck) of the chassis 230. Although not
illustrated, in some embodiments, feet such as the feet 220 of the s 200 may raise
the s 230 above a work surface, providing for further air ?ow.
Inside the chassis 230, in some implementations, a robotic handling
system 248 is disposed along a gantry 250 above cartridges 252a, 252b, material
supplies 254a, 254b (e.g., pipette tips and s), and modules 256 (e. g., dual growth
vials). l circuitry, liquid handling tubes, air pump controls, valves, and other
control mechanisms, in some ments, are disposed below a deck of the chassis
230, in the control box region 242.
In some ments, a liquid waste unit 246 is d to the left
exterior wall of the chassis 230. The liquid waste unit 246, for example, may be
mounted externally to the chassis 230 to avoid potential contamination and to ensure
prompt emptying and replacement of the liquid waste unit 246.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Nucleic Acid Assembly Module
Certain embodiments of the automated multi—module cell editing
instruments of the present disclosure include a nucleic acid assembly module within the
instrument. The nucleic acid assembly module is con?gured to accept the nucleic acids
necessary to facilitate the desired genome editing events. The nucleic acid assembly
module may also be con?gured to accept the appropriate vector backbone for vector
assembly and subsequent transformation into the cells of interest.
] In general, the term ”vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule e
of transporting another c acid to which it has been linked. Vectors include, but
are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules that are single-stranded, double-stranded, or
partially double-stranded, nucleic acid molecules that include one or more free ends,
no free ends (e. g. circular); nucleic acid molecules that include DNA, RNA, or both;
and other varieties of polynucleotides known in the art. One type of vector is a
"plasmid," which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional
DNA segments can be inserted, such as by standard molecular cloning ques.
Another type of vector is a viral vector, where virally-derived DNA or RNA sequences
are present in the vector for packaging into a virus (e.g. retroviruses, replication
defective retroviruses, adenoviruses, replication defective adenoviruses, and adeno-
associated viruses). Viral vectors also include cleotides carried by a virus for
transfection into a host cell. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a
host cell into which they are introduced (e. g. bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin
of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e. g., non-episomal
mammalian s) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into
the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain
s are e of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-
linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors." Common sion
vectors of y in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of ds.
Further discussion of vectors is provided herein.
Recombinant expression vectors can include a nucleic acid in a form
suitable for transformation, and for some nucleic acids sequences, translation and
expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant
expression vectors include one or more regulatory elements—which may be selected
on the basis of the host cells to be used for sion—that are operatively-linked to
Enucleic acid sequence to be sed. Within a inant expression vector,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
" operably linked" is intended to
mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked
to the regulatory element(s) in a manner that allows for transcription, and for some
nucleic acid sequences, translation and expression of the nucleotide sequence (e. g. in
an in vitro transcription/translation system or in ahost cell when the vector is introduced
into the host cell). Appropriate recombination and cloning methods are disclosed in
US. patent application Ser. No. 10/815,730, entitled “Recombinational Cloning Using
Nucleic Acids Having Recombination Sites” published Sep. 2, 2004 as US 2004-
0171 156 Al, the ts ofwhich are herein orated by reference in their entirety
for all purposes.
] In some embodiments, a tory element is operably linked to one or
more elements of a targetable se system so as to drive transcription, and for some
nucleic acid sequences, ation and expression of the one or more components of
the targetable nuclease system.
] In some embodiments, a vector may include a regulatory element
operably linked to a polynucleotide sequence encoding a nucleic acid-guided nuclease.
The polynucleotide ce encoding the nucleic uided nuclease can be codon
optimized for expression in particular cells, such as prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
Eukaryotic cells can be yeast, fungi, algae, plant, animal, or human cells. Eukaryotic
cells may be those of or derived from a particular organism, such as a mammal,
including but not limited to human, mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, or non-human mammal
including non-human primate. In addition or alternatively, a vector may include a
regulatory element operably liked to a polynucleotide sequence, which, when
transcribed, forms a guide RNA.
The nucleic acid assembly module can be con?gured to perform a wide
variety of different nucleic acid assembly techniques in an automated fashion. Nucleic
acid assembly ques that can be performed in the nucleic acid assembly module
of the disclosed automated multi-module cell editing instruments include, but are not
d to, those assembly methods that use restriction endonucleases, including
PCR, BioBrick assembly (US Patent 9,361,427 to Hillson entitled “Scar—less Multi-part
DNA Assembly Design,” issued June 7, 2016), Type IIS cloning (e.g., Gate
assembly, European Patent Application Publication EP 2 395 087 A1 to Weber et a1.
entitled “System and Method of r Cloning,” ?led July 6, 2010), and Ligase
g Reaction (de Kok S, Rapid and Reliable DNA ly via Ligase Cycling
?ction, ACS Synth Biol, 3(2):97-106 ; Engler, et al,, PLoS One, A One Pot,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
One Step, Precision Cloning Method with High Throughput Capability, 3(11):e3647
(2008); US Patent No. 6,143,527 to Pachuk er a1. entitled “Chain Reaction Cloning
Using a Bridging Oligonucleotide and DNA Ligase,” issued November 7, 2000). In
other embodiments, the nucleic acid assembly techniques performed by the disclosed
automated multi-module cell editing instruments are based on overlaps between
adj acent parts of the nucleic acids, such as Gibson Assembly®, CPEC, SLIC, Ligase
Cycling etc. Additional ly methods include gap repair in yeast , Improved
gap repair cloning in yeast: treatment of the gapped vector with Taq DNA polymerase
avoids vector self-ligation, Yeast, 29(10):419-23 (2012)), gateway cloning (Ohtsuka,
Lantibiotics: mode of action, biosynthesis and bioengineering, Curr Pharm hnol,
(2):244-51 (2009); US Patent No. 5,888,732 to Hartley et 61]., entitled
“Recombinational Cloning Using Engineered Recombination Sites,” issued March 30,
1999; US Patent No. 6,277,608 to Hartley et a1. entitled “Recominational Cloning
Using Nucleic Acids Having ination Sites,” issued Aug. 21, 2001), and
omerase—mediated g (Udo, An Alternative Method to Facilitate cDNA
Cloning for sion Studies in Mammalian Cells by Introducing Positive Blue
White ion in Vaccinia omerase ated Recombination, PLoS One,
(9):e0139349 (2015), US Patent No. 6,916,632 B2 to Chestnut et a1. entitled
“Methods and ts for Molecular Cloning,” issued July 12, 2005). These and other
nucleic acid assembly techniques are bed, e.g., in Sands and Brent, Overview of
Post Cohen—Boyer Methods for Single Segment Cloning and for Multisegment DNA
Assembly, Curr Protoc Mol Biol., 113:3.26.1—3.26.20 (2016), Casini et al., Bricks and
blueprints: methods and standards for DNA assembly, Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol, (9):568-
76 (2015), Patron, DNA assembly for plant biology: techniques and tools, Curr Opinion
Plant Biol, 19: 14-9 (2014)).
The nucleic acid assembly is temperature controlled ing upon the
type of nucleic acid assembly used in the automated multi-module cell g
instrument. For example, when PCR is utilized in the nucleic acid assembly module,
the module will have a therrnocycling capability allowing the temperatures to cycle
between denaturation, annealing and extension. When single temperature assembly
methods are utilized in the nucleic acid assembly module, the module will have the
ability to reach and hold at the temperature that optimizes the speci?c assembly process
being performed. These temperatures and the duration for maintaining these
?peratures can be ined by a preprogrammed set of parameters executed by a
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
script, or manually controlled by the user using the processing system of the automated
multi-module cell processing instrument.
In one embodiment, the nucleic acid assembly module is a module to
perform assembly using a siege isothermal reaction, such as that illustrated in
The isothermal assembly module is con?gured to perform the molecular cloning
method using the , isothermal reaction. Certain isothermal assembly methods can
combine simultaneously up to 15 nucleic acid fragments based on sequence identity.
The assembly method provides, in some embodiments, nucleic acids to be assembled
which include an imate 20-40 base overlap with adjacent nucleic acid fragments.
The fragments are mixed with a cocktail of three enzymes-an exonuclease, a
polymerase, and a ligase-along with buffer components. Because the process is
isothermal and can be performed in a 1-step or 2-step method using a single reaction
vessel, isothermal assembly reactions are ideal for use in an automated multi-module
cell processing instrument. The l-step method allows for the assembly of up to ?ve
different fragments using a single step isothermal process. The fragments and the
master mix of s are combined and incubated at 50°C for up to one hour. For
the creation of more complex constructs with up to ?fteen fragments or for
incorporating fragments from 100 bp up to 10kb, typically the 2—step is used, where the
2-step reaction requires two separate additions of master mix; one for the exonuclease
and annealing step and a second for the polymerase and on steps.
FlG. 4 illustrates an example isothermal nucleic acid assembly iriodule
400 with integrated cation, The isothermal nucleic acid assembly module 400
es a chamber 402 having an access gasket 404 for transferring liquids to and from
the isothermal nucleic acid ly module 400 (e. g, via a pipette or sipper). in some
embodiments the access gasket 404 is ted to a replaceable vial which is
oned within the chamber 402. For example, a user or robotic manipulation system
mag»! place the Vial within the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module 400 for
sing
The chamber 402 shares a housing 406 with a resistive heater 4-08. Gn ce
a sample has been introduced to the chamber 402 of the isothermal nucleic acid
assembly module 400, the resistive heater 408 may he used to heat the contents of the
chamber 402 to a desired temperature. Thermal ing may be set based upon the
contents of the chamber 402 (eg, the materials supplied through the access gasket 40-4
tor or sipper unit of the rohotie manipulation system). The processing system
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
of the automated niulti—medule cell processing system may determine the target
temperature and l ramping plan. The thermal g and target temperature
may e controlled through monitoring a thermal sensor such as a thermistor ill 0
included within the housing 406. in a particular ment, the resistive heater 408
is designed to maintain a temperature within the housing 406 of between 20“ and 80 “C,
between 25 ° and 75 “C, between 37“ and (55° C, between 40° and 60"“ C. between 45 °
and 55 0C or preferably about 50 °C
Purification Module
In some embodiments, when a nucleic acid assembly module is included
in the automated multi-module cell editing instrument, the instrument also can include
a puri?cation module to remove unwanted components of the nucleic acid assembly
mixture (e.g., salts, minerals) and, in certain embodiments, trate the assembled
nucleic acids. Examples of methods for exchanging the liquid following nucleic acid
assembly e magnetic beads (e.g., SPRI or Dynal (Dynabeads) by Invitrogen
Corp. of Carlsbad, CA), silica beads, silica spin columns, glass beads, precipitation
(e. g, using ethanol or isopropanol), ne lysis, osmotic puri?cation, extraction with
butanol, membrane-based separation ques, ion etc.
In one aspect, the puri?cation module provides ?ltration, e.g.,
ltration. For example, a range of microconcentrators ?tted with anisotropic,
hydrophilic-generated cellulose membranes of varying porosities is available. (See,
e. g., Millipore SCX oncentrators used in Juan, Li-Jung, et a1. "Histone
deacetylases speci?cally down-regulate p53-dependent gene activation." Journal of
Biological Chemistry 275.27 (2000): 20436-20443.) In another example, the
puri?cation and concentration involves contacting a liquid. sample including the
assembled c acids and anionic salt with an ion exchanger including an insoluhle
phosphate salt, removing the liquid, and eluting the nucleic acid from the ion exchanger
In a speci?c aspect of the puri?cation module, SPRl heads can be used
where 0x s of SPRl beads can be added to the nucleic acid assembly. The
nucleic acid assembly t becomes bound to the Sl’Rl heads, and the SPRI beads
are pelleted by auteniatically positioning a magnet close to the tube, vessel, or chamber
harboring the pellet, Fer example, 062% volumes ot‘SPRI heads can he added to the
c acid assembly. "the SPRl heads, for example, may be washed with ethanol, and
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
the bound nucleic acid assembly product is eluted, eg in water, Tris buffer, or 10%
glycerol.
in a specific aspect, a. magnet is coupled to a linear actuator that
positions the . In some implementations, the nucleic acid assembly module is a
combination ly and puri?cation module designed for integrated assembly and
puri?cation. For example, as discussed above in relation to an isothermal nucleic acid
assembly module, once suf?cient time has elapsed for the isothermal nucleic acid
assembly reaction to take place, the contents of the chamber 402 (e. g., the isothermal
nucleic acid assembly reagents and nucleic acids), in some embodiments, are combined
with ic beads (not shown) to activate the puri?cation process. The SPRI beads
in buffer are delivered to the contents of the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module,
for example, by a robotic handling system. Thereafter, a solenoid 412, in some
embodiments, is actuated by a magnet to excite the magnetic beads contained Mthin
the chamber 402. The solenoid in a particular example, may impart between a 2 pound
magnetic pull force and a 5 pound pull force, or approximately a 4 pound magnetic pull
force to the magnetic beads within the chamber 402. The contents of the chamber 402
may be incubated for suf?cient time for the assembled vector and ucleotides to
bind to the magnetic beads.
After binding, in some entations, the bound isothermal nucleic
acid assembly mix (e. g., isothermal nucleic acid assembly reagents + assembled vector
and oligonucleotides) is removed from the isothermal nucleic acid assei'nbly module
and the nucleic acids attached to the beads are washed one to several times with 80%
l. Once washed, the nucleic acids ed to the beads are eluted into buffer and
are transferred to the transformation module.
in some implementations, a vial is locked in position in the chamber 402
for processing. For e, a user may press the Vial beyond a detent in the chamber
402 designed to retain the vial upon engagement with a pipettor or sipper. in r
example, the user may twist the vial into on, thus engaging a protrusion to a
corresponding channel and harring upward movement. A on sensor (not
illustrated) may ensure retraction of the Vial. The position sensor, in a particular
embodiment, is a magnetic sensor detecting engagement n a portion of the
chamber 402 and the Vial. in other embodiments, the position sensor is an optical sensor
detecting presence of the Vial at a retracted position. in embodiments using a channel
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
and sion, a mechanic switch pressed down by the protrusion may detect
engagement oi‘the vial.
Growth Module
As the nucleic acids are being assembled, the cells may be grown in
preparation for g. The cell growth can be monitored by l density (e.g., at
OD 600 nm) that is ed in a growth module, and a ck loop is used to adjust
the cell growth so as to reach a target OD at a target time. Other measures of cell density
and physiological state that can be ed include but are not limited to, pH,
dissolved oxygen, released enzymes, ic properties, and electrical properties.
In some aspects, the growth module includes a culture tube in a shaker
or vortexer that is interrogated by a spectrophotometer or ?uorimeter. The shaker or
vortexer can heat or cool the cells and cell growth is monitored by real-time absorbance
or ?uorescence measurements. In one aspect, the cells are grown at 25°C-40°C to an
OD600 absorbance of 1-10 ODs. The cells may also be grown at ature ranges
from 25°C-35°C, 25°C-30°C, 30°C-40°C, 30°C-35°C, 35°C-40°C, 40°C-50°C, 40°C-
45°C or 44°C—50°C. In another aspect, the cells are induced by heating at 42°C—50°C
or by adding an inducing agent. The cells may also be induced by g at ranges
from 42°C-460C, 42°C-44°C, 44°C-46°C, 44°C-480C, 46°C-48°C, 46°C-500C, or
0°C. In some aspects, the cells are cooled to 0°C -10°C after induction. The
cells may also be cooled to temperature ranges of 0°C —5°C, 0°C -2°C, 2°C -4°C, 4°C
-6°C, 6°C -8°C, 8°C -10°C, or 5°C -10°C after induction.
shows one embodiment of a rotating growth Vial 800 for use
with a cell growth device, such as cell growth device 850 illustrated in FIGS. 8B-C. The
rotating growth Vial 800, in some implementations, is a transparent container having an
open end 804 for receiving liquid media and cells, a central Vial region 806 that de?nes
the primary container for growing cells, a tapered-to-constricted region 818 de?ning at
least one light path 808, 810, a closed end 816, and a drive engagement mechanism
812. The rotating growth vial 800 may have a central longitudinal axis 820 around
which the Vial 800 rotates, and the light paths 808, 810 may be generally perpendicular
to the longitudinal axis of the Vial. In some examples, ?rst light path 810 may be
positioned in the lower constricted portion ofthe tapered—to-constricted region 818. The
drive engagement mechanism 812, in some implementations, engages with a drive
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
mechanism (e.g., actuator, motor (not shown)) to rotate the Vial 800. The actuator may
e a drive shaft 874 for a drive motor 864 ().
In some ments, the rotating growth Vial 800 includes a second
light path 808, for example, in the upper tapered region of the tapered-to-constricted
region 818. In some examples, the walls de?ning the upper tapered region of the
tapered—to-constricted region 818 for the second light path 808 may be disposed at a
wider angle relative to the longitudinal axis 820 than the walls de?ning the lower
constricted portion of the tapered-to-constricted region 810 for the ?rst light path 810.
Both light paths 808, 810, for example, may be positioned in a region of the rotating
growth Vial 800 that is constantly ?lled with the cell culture (cells + growth media),
and is not affected by the rotational speed of the growth Vial 800. As illustrated, the
second light path 808 is shorter than the ?rst light path 810 allowing for sensitive
measurement of l y (OD) values when the OD values of the cell culture in
the Vial are at a high level (e.g., later in the cell growth s), whereas the ?rst light
path 810 allows for sensitive measurement of OD values when the OD values of the
cell e in the Vial are at a lower level (e. g., earlier in the cell growth process).
The rotating growth Vial 800 may be reusable, or ably, the rotating
growth Vial is consumable. In some embodiments, the rotating growth Vial 800 is
consumable and can be presented to the user pre—?lled with growth medium, where the
Vial 800 is sealed at the open end 804 with a foil seal. A medium-?lled rotating growth
Vial packaged in such a manner may be part of a kit for use with a stand-alone cell
growth device or with a cell growth module that is part of an automated multi-module
cell processing system. To introduce cells into the via], a user need only pipette up a
desired volume of cells and use the pipette tip to punch h the foil seal of the Vial
800. Alternatively, of course, an automated instrument may transfer cells from, e.g., a
reagent dge, to the growth Vial. The growth medium may be provided in the
growth vial or may also be transferred from a reagent cartridge to the growth Vial before
the addition of cells. Open end 804 may include an extended lip 802 to overlap and
engage with the cell growth device 850 (FIGs. 8B-C). In automated instruments, the
rotating growth Vial 800 may be tagged with a barcode or other identifying means that
can be read by a scanner or camera that is part of the processing system 1310 as
illustrated in ,
In some implementations, the volume of the rotating growth Vial 800
athe volume of the cell culture (including growth medium) may vary greatly, but the
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
volume of the rotating growth vial 800 should be large enough for the cell culture in
the growth vial 800 to get proper aeration while the vial 800 is rotating. In practice, the
volume of the rotating growth vial 800 may range from 1-250 n11, 2-100 ml, from 5-80
ml, 10-50 ml, or from 12-35 ml. Likewise, the volume ofthe cell culture (cells + growth
media) should be appropriate to allow proper aeration in the rotating growth vial 800.
Thus, the volume of the cell culture should be approximately 10—85% of the volume of
the growth vial 800, or 15-80% of the volume of the growth vial, or 20-70%, 30-60%,
or 40-50% of the volume of the growth vial. In one example, for a 35 ml growth vial
800, the volume of the cell culture would be from about 4 ml to about 27 ml.
The rotating growth vial 800, in some embodiments, is fabricated from
a bio-compatible transparent al-or at least the portion of the vial 800 including
the light path(s) is transparent. Additionally, al from which the rotating growth
vial 800 is ated should be able to be cooled to about 0 °C or lower and heated to
about 75°C or , such as about 2 °C or to about 70°C, about 4°C or to about 60°C,
or about 4°C or to about 55°C to accommodate both temperature-based cell assays and
long-term storage at low temperatures. Further, the material that is used to fabricate the
vial is preferably able to withstand temperatures up to 55°C without deformation while
spinning. Suitable materials include glass, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene,
polyamide, polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, poly(methyl methacrylate)
(PMMA), polysulfone, polyurethane, and co-polymers of these and other polymers.
Preferred materials include polypropylene, polycarbonate, or polystyrene. In some
embodiments, the rotating growth vial 800 is inexpensively fabricated by, e.g., injection
molding or extrusion.
illustrates a top view of a rotating growth vial 800b, which is
an alternative implementation of the rotating growth vial 800. In some examples, the
vial 800b may include one or more paddles 822 affixed to an inner surface that de
toward the center of the vial 800b. The vial 800b shown in includes three
paddles 822 that are substantially equally spaced around the ery of the vial 800b,
but in other examples, the vial 800b may include two, four, or more paddles 822. The
paddles, in some implementations, provide high mixing and on within the vial
800b rotating within a cell growth device, which tates microbial growth.
FIGs. 8C-D illustrate views of an example cell growth device 850 that
receives the rotating growth vial 800. In some ments, the cell growth device
arotates to heat or cool the cells or cell growth within the vial 800 to a predetermined
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
temperature range. In some implementations, the rotating growth vial 800 can be
oned inside a main housing 852 with the extended lip 802 of the vial 800
extending past an upper e of the main housing 852. In some aspects, the extended
lip 802 provides a grasping surface for a user inserting or withdrawing the Vial 800 from
the main housing 852 of the device 850. Additionally, when fully inserted into the main
housing 852, a lower surface of the extended lip 802 abuts an upper surface of the main
housing 852. In some examples, the main housing 852 of the cell growth device 850 is
sized such that outer surfaces of the rotating growth Vial 800 abut inner surfaces of the
main housing 852 thereby securing the Vial 800 within the main housing 852. In some
entations, the cell growth device 850 can include end housings 854 disposed on
each side of the main housing 854 and a lower housing 856 ed at a lower end of
the main g 852. In some examples, the lower housing 856 may include ?anges
858 that can be used to attach the cell growth device 850 to a temperature control (e.g,
g/cooling) mechanism or other structure such as a chassis of an automated cell
processing system.
As shown in , the cell growth device 850, in some
implementations, can e an upper bearing 860 and lower bearing 862 positioned
in main housing 852 that support the vertical load of a rotating growth vial 800 that has
been inserted into the main housing 852. In some examples, the cell growth device 850
may also include a primary optical port 866 and a secondary optical port 868 that are
aligned with the ?rst light path 810 and second light path 808 of the vial 800 when
inserted into the main housing 852. In some examples, the primary and ary
optical ports 866, 868 are gaps, openings, or portions of the main housing constructed
from transparent materials that allow light to pass through the vial 800 to perform cell
growth OD measurements. In addition to the optical ports 866, 868, the cell growth
device 850 may e an emission board 870 that provides one or more illumination
sources for the light path(s), and detector board 872 to detect the light after the light
travels through the cell culture liquid in the rotating growth Vial 800. In one example,
the illumination sources disposed on the emission board 870 may e light emission
diodes (LEDs) or photodiodes that provide illumination at one or more target
wavelengths commensurate with the growth media typically used in cell culture
(whether, e.g., mammalian cells, bacterial cells, animal cells, yeast cells).
In some implementations, the emission board 870 and/or or board
gare communicatively coupled through a wired or wireless connection to a
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
processing system (e.g., processing system 126, 1220, 1310) that controls the
ngth of light output by the emission board 870 and receives and processes the
illumination sensed at the detector board 872. The remotely llable emission
board 870 and detector board 872, in some aspects, provide for conducting automated
OD measurements during the course of cell growth. For example, the processing
system 126, 1220 may control the periodicity with which OD measurements are
performed, which may be at predetermined intervals or in response to a user request
r, the processing system 126, 1220 can use the sensor data received from the
detector board 872 to perform real-time OD measurements and adjust cell growth
conditions (e.g., temperature, speed/direction of rotation).
In some embodiments, the lower g 856 may contain drive motor
864 that generates onal motion that causes the rotating growth vial 800 to spin
within the cell growth device 850. In some implementations, the motor 864 may
include a drive shaft 874 that engages a lower end of the rotating growth vial 800. The
motor 864 that generates rotational motion for the ng growth vial 800, in some
embodiments, is a brushless DC type drive motor with built-in drive controls that can
be configured to maintain a constant revolution per minute (RPM) between 0 and about
3000 RPM. Alternatively, other motor types such as a r, servo, or brushed DC
motors can be used. Optionally, the motor 864 may also have direction control to allow
reversing of the rotational direction, and a tachometer to sense and report actual RPM.
In other examples, the motor 864 can te ating motion by reversing the
direction of rotation at a predetermined frequency. In one example, the vial 800 is
rotated in each direction for one second at a speed of 350 RPM. The motor 864, in
some implementations, is communicatively coupled through a wired or wireless
communication network to a processing system (e. g., processing system 126, 1220) that
is configured to control the operation of the motor 864, which can include executing
protocols programmed into the processor and/or provided by user input, for e as
described in relation to module ller 1330 of . For example, and the motor
864 can be con?gured to vary the speed and/or rotational direction of the vial 800 to
cause axial precession of the cell culture thereby enhancing mixing in order to prevent
cell aggregation and increase aeration. In some examples, the speed or direction of
rotation of the motor 864 may be varied based on optical density sensor data received
from the detector board 872.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
In some embodiments, main housing 852, end gs 854 and lower
housing 856 of the cell growth device 856 may be fabricated from a robust material
including aluminum, stainless steel, and other lly conductive materials,
including plastics. These ures or portions thereof can be created through various
techniques, e.g, metal fabrication, injection molding, creation of structural layers that
are fused, etc. While in some es the rotating growth vial 800 is reusable, in other
embodiments, the vial 800 is preferably is consumable. The other components of the
cell growth device 850, in some aspects, are preferably reusable and can function as a
stand-alone benchtop device or as a module in an automated multi-module cell
processing system.
In some implementations, the processing system that is
communicatively coupled to the cell growth module may be programmed with
information to be used as a “blank” or control for the growing cell culture. A “blank”
or control, in some examples, is a vessel containing cell growth medium only, which
yields 100% transmittance and 0 OD, while the cell samples de?ect light rays and will
have a lower percentage ittance and higher OD. As the cells grow in the media
and become denser, transmittance decreases and OD increases. The processor of the
cell growth module, in some implementations, may be programmed to use wavelength
values for blanks commensurate with the growth media typically used in cell culture
(whether, e. g, mammalian cells, bacterial cells, animal cells, yeast cells).
Alternatively, a second spectrophotometer and vessel may be included in the cell
growth module, where the second spectrophotometer is used to read a blank at
designated intervals.
illustrates another type of cell growth device 880 that uses
shaking, rather than rotation, to control ature and promote mixing and aeration
within a cell growth vial 890 (). The cell growth device 880, in some es,
is smaller in size than conventional bench top shakers for integration into automated
multi-module cell sing systems. In some implementations, the cell growth device
880 includes a housing 884 that receives cell growth vial 890. The cell growth device
880 can, in some examples, e a motor assembly positioned beneath the vial 890
that generates an orbital motion of the vial 890 based on the speed of the motor. In one
example, the vial 890 travels in an orbit in a horizontal plane at 600 to 900 RPM, such
as at 750 RPM, which is significantly faster than larger bench top shakers that orbit at
and 250 RPM. In some aspects, the shaking motion is generated in at least one
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
horizontal plane. In some examples, the cell growth vial 890 used with the shaking cell
growth device 880 is a conical bottom tube ntially similar in shape to a ?ask that
is used in a conventional bench shaker. Similar to the rotating cell growth device 850,
the cell growth device 880 may include illumination board 870 and detector board 872
for taking automated OD measurements over the course of cell growth. In some
examples, a light source 882 may be coupled to the cell growth device 880 that
generates the illumination that is measured by a detector board, which in some
examples, is located beneath the vial 890 or on an opposite side of the vial 890 from
the light source 882.
To reduce background of cells that have not received a genome edit, the
growth module may also allow a selection process to enrich for the edited cells. For
example, the introduced nucleic acid can include a gene, which s antibiotic
resistance or another selectable marker. Alternating the introduction of selectable
markers for sequential rounds of editing can also eliminate the background of unedited
cells and allow multiple cycles of the automated multi-module cell editing instrument
to select for cells having sequential genome edits.
Suitable antibiotic resistance genes include, but are not limited to, genes
such as ampicillin-resistance gene, tetracycline-resistance gene, kanamycin-resistance
gene, neomycin-resistance gene, canavanine-resistance gene, blasticidin-resistance
gene, hygromycin-resistance gene, puromycin-resistance gene, and chloramphenicol-
resistance gene. In some embodiments, removing dead cell background is aided using
lytic enhancers such as detergents, osmotic stress, temperature, enzymes, proteases,
bacteriophage, reducing agents, or chaotropes. In other ments, cell removal
and/or media exchange is used to reduce dead cell ound.
Cell Wash and/or Concentration Module
The cell wash and/or concentration module can utilize any method for
ging the liquids in the cell nment, and may concentrate the cells or allow
them to remain in essentially the same or greater volume of liquid as used in the nucleic
acid assembly module. r, in some aspects, the processes performed in the cell
wash module also render the cells ocompetent, by, e. g., use of glycerol in the
wash.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Numerous different methods can be used to wash the cells, including
density gradient puri?cation, dialysis, ion exchange columns, ?ltration, centrifugation,
dilution, and the use of beads for puri?cation.
In some aspects, the cell wash and/or concentration module es a
centrifugation device. In other aspects, the cell wash and/or concentration module
es a ?ltration module. In yet other s, beads are coupled to moieties that bind
to the cell surface. These moieties include but are not limited to antibodies, lectins,
wheat germ agglutinin, mutated lysozymes, and ligands.
In other aspects, the cells are engineered to be magnetized, ng
magnets to pellet the cells after wash steps. Mechanism of cell magnetization can
include but not limited to ferritin n expression.
The cell wash and/or concentration module, in some implementations,
is a fuge ly module. Turning to FIGs. 3A-C, in some implementations, a
centrifuge assembly module 300 includes a top door 302 designed for actuation by a
robotic handling system (not shown) to deliver nucleic acid assembly materials (e.g.,
, vector backbone, enzymes, etc.) to one or more vials 304a, b situated in vial
buckets 306a, b connected to a rotor 308. In some embodiments, the robotic handling
system delivers the vials 304a,b to the centrifuge assembly module 300. In other
embodiments, a user disposes the vials 304a, b within the vial buckets 306a, b. The
vial buckets 306a, b in some ments, are connected to the rotor 308 via a hinged
connection such that the via buckets 306a,b may swing outwards during rotation. In
other ments, the position of the buckets 306a,b is ?xed.
The centrifuge assembly module 300, in some embodiments, is
climatically controlled. For example, the internal temperature may be managed by
cooling coils 310 and insulation 312. Coolant supply and return lines 314 may pump
coolant to the cooling coils 310, thereby cooling a chamber 316 of the centrifuge
assemble module 300. In some examples, the centrifuge assembly module 300 may be
designed to cool the chamber 316 to between 0° and 10 ° C, between 2° and 80 C, and
most preferably to about 4° C. Further, sation control may be provided to limit
humidity within the chamber 316. Climatic l, in some embodiments, is set
through a processing system of the automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
For example, the processing system may direct signals to interfaces of circuitry 320.
In some ments, a motor 318 rotationally drives the rotor 308.
tion and deceleration ofthe motor 318 and thus the rotor 308 may be controlled
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
by a processing system of the automated multi—module cell processing instrument. As
illustrated, a motion sensor 322 (e. g, accelerometer or gyroscope) is positioned at a
base of the motor 318 to monitor rotational parameters. Alternatively, a motion sensor
(not illustrated) such as an accelerometer or gyroscope may be placed within the
chamber 316 to monitor rotational parameters. The processing system, for example,
may monitor signals from the motion sensor and analyze conditions to enact a safety
shutdown if rotation is outside parameters. In an illustrative embodiment, the rotor arm
may be designed to rotate at up to 10000 tions per minute (RPM), up to 8000
RPM, or up to about 6500 RPM. The processing system may modify the rotational
speed based upon materials supplied to the centrifuge assembly module 300.
The cell wash and/or concentration module, in some entations,
is a ion module. Turning to , a block diagram illustrates example
functional units of a ?ltration module 700. In some implementations, a main control
702 of the ?ltration module 700 includes a ?rst liquid pump 704a to intake wash ?uid
706 and a second liquid pump 704b to remove liquid waste to a liquid waste unit 708
(e.g., such as the liquid waste unit 114 of or liquid waste unit 1228 of FIGs.
12A and 12B). A ?ow sensor 712 may be ed on a connector 714 to the liquid
waste unit 708 to monitor release of liquid waste from the ?ltration module. A valve
716 (a three-way valve as illustrated) may be disposed on a connector 718 to the wash
?uid 716 to selectively connect the wash ?uid 716 and the ?ltration module 700.
The ?ltration module 700, in some entations, includes a ?lter
manifold 720 for ?ltering and concentrating a cell . The ?lter manifold 720 may
include one or more ature sensor(s) 722 and pressure sensor (5) 724 to monitor
?ow and temperature of the wash ?uid and/or liquid waste. The sensors 722, 724, in
some embodiments, are red and analyzed by a processing system of the
automated multi-mode cell processing system, such as the processing system 1310 of
. The ?lter ld 720 may include one or more valves 726 for ing ?ow
of the wash ?uid and/or liquid waste. The processing system of the automated multi-
mode cell processing instrument, for example, may actuate the valves ing to a
set of instructions for directing ?ltration by the ?ltration module 700.
The ?ltration module 700 includes at least one ?lter 730. Examples of
?lters suitable for use in the ?ltration module 700 include membrane ?lters, ceramic
?lters and metal ?lters. The ?lter may be used in any shape, the ?lter may for example
beylindn'cal or essentially ?at. The ?lter selected for a given operation or a given
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
work?ow, in some embodiments, depends upon the type of work?ow (e.g., bacterial,
yeast, viral, etc.) or the s of materials being processed. For example, while ?at
?lters are relatively low cost and commonly used, ?lters with a greater surface area,
such as cylindrical ?lters, may accept higher ?ow rates. In another example, hollow
?lters may demonstrate lower recovery rates when processing small volumes ofsample
(e. g., less than about 10 ml). For e, for use with bacteria, it may be preferable
that the ?lter used is a membrane ?lter, particularly a hollow ?ber ?lter. With the term
"hollow ?ber" is meant a tubular membrane. The internal diameter of the tube, in some
examples, is at least 0.1 mm, more ably at least 0.5 mm, most preferably at least
0.75 mm and preferably the internal diameter of the tube is at most 10 mm, more
preferably at most 6 mm, most preferably at most 1 mm. Filter s having hollow
?bers are commercially available from various companies, including G.E. Life
Sciences (Marlborough, MA) and InnovaPrep (Drexel, MO) (see, e.g.,
US20110061474A1 to Page et al., entitled “Liquid to Liquid Biological Particle
Concentrator with Disposable Fluid Pat ”).
In some implementations, the ?ltration module 700 includes a ?lter
on means 728 (e.g., actuator) to eject a ?lter 730 post use. For e, a user or
the robotic handling system may push the ?lter 730 into position for use such that the
?lter is retained by the ?lter manifold 720 during ?ltration. After ?ltration, to remove
the used ?lter 730, the ?lter ejection or 728 may eject the ?lter 730, releasing the
?lter 730 such that the user or the robotic handling system may remove the used ?lter
730 from the ?ltration module 700. The used ?lter 730, in some examples, may be
disposed within the solid waste unit 112 of FIGS. 1A-1B, solid waste unit 1218 of FIGs.
12A and 12B, or returned to a ?lter cartridge 740, as illustrated in .
Turning to , in some implementations, ?lters 730 provided in
the ?lter cartridge 740 disposed within the chassis of the ted multi-module cell
processing instrument are transported to the ?ltration module 700 by a robotic handling
system (e.g., the robotic handling system 108 described in relation to FIGs. 1A and 1B,
or robotic handling system 1218 of FIGs. 12A and 12B) and positioned within the
ion module 700 prior to use.
The ion module 700, in some implementations, requires periodic
cleaning. For example, the processing system may alert a user when cleaning is
required through the user interface of the automated multi-module cell processing
t and/or through a wireless ing means (e.g., text message, email,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
and/or al computing device application). A decontamination ?lter, for example,
may be loaded into the ?ltration module 700 and the ?ltration module 700 may be
cleaned with a wash solution and/or l mixture.
In some implementations, the ?ltration module 700 is in ?uid
connection with a wash dge 710 (such as the wash cartridge 600 of )
containing the wash ?uid 716 via the connector 718. For example, upon positioning
by the user of the wash cartridge 710 within the chassis of the automated multi-module
cell processing instrument, the connector 718 may mate with a bottom inlet of the wash
cartridge 710, creating a liquid passage between the wash ?uid 716 and the ?ltration
module 700.
Turning to FIGs. 7B and 7C, in some entations, a dual ?lter
?ltration module 750 includes dual ?lters 752, 754 disposed over dual wash reservoirs
754. In an example, each ?lter may be a hollow core ?ber ?lter having .45um pores
and greater than 85cm2 area. The wash reservoirs 754, in some examples, may be 50
mL, 100 mL, or over 200mL in volume. In some embodiments, the wash reservoirs
754 are disposed in a wash cartridge 756, such as the wash or reagent dge 600 of
.
The processing system of the ted multi-module cell processing
instrument, in some implementations, controls actuation of the dual ?lters 752 in an X
(horizontal) and Z (vertical) direction to position the ?lters 752a, 752b in the wash
reservoirs 754. In a particular example, the dual ?lters 752 may be move in concert
along the X axis but have independent Z axis range of motion.
As illustrated, the dual ?lters 752 of the ?ltration module 750 are
connected to a slender arm body 758. In some embodiments, any pumps and valves of
the ?ltration module 750 may be ed remotely from the body 758 (eg., within a
?oor of the chassis of the automated multi-module cell sing instrument). In this
, the ?ltration module 750 may replace much r conventional commercial
?ltration modules.
Further, in some embodiments, the ?ltration module 750 is in liquid
communication with a waste purge system designed to release liquid waste into a liquid
waste storage unit, such as the storage unit 708 of or the liquid waste storage
unit 114 of or 1228 ofFIGs. 12A and 12B.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
Transformation Module
The transformation module may ent any cell transformation or
transfection techniques routinely used by those of skill in the arts of transfection,
transformation and micro?uidics. Transformation can take place in microfuge tubes,
test tubes, es, multi-well plates, microfibers, and ?ow instruments. Temperature
and l of the transformation module can be lled using a processing system
such as the processing system 1310 of , with controls set by the user and/or
through a script provided to the processing system.
Transformation is intended to include to a variety of art-recognized
techniques for ucing an exogenous nucleic acid sequence (e. g, DNA) into a target
cell, and the term “transformation” as used herein includes all transformation and
transfection techniques. Such methods include, but are not limited to, electroporation,
lipofection, optoporation, injection, microprecipitaiion, il’liC!’Oll’lj$CllOU. liposomes,
paiticle bombardment, son operation, induced pomtion, bead transfection, calcium
phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, or DEAE-dextran-mediated
transfection. Cells can also be prepared for vector uptake using, e.g., a e or
glycerol wash. Additionally, hybrid techniques that exploit the lities of
mechanical and cherfoieal transfection ire Erode can be used, 3.3; magneto?tctiori, a
transfection methodology that combines chemical transfection with mechanical
methods. in r exampie, cationic lipids may lie deploy ed in combination Willi gene
guns or electropi'irators. Suitable materials and methods for transforming or transfecting
target cells can be found, e.g., in Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A
tory Manual, 4th, ed, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring
Harbor, NY, 2014).
The medium or buffer used to suspend the cells and material (reagent)
to be electroporated into the cells for the electroporation process may be a medium or
buffer including, but not limited to, MEM, DMEM, IMDM, RPMI, Hanks', PBS or
Ringer's solution, where the media may be ed in the reagent cartridge as part of
a kit. For electroporation of most otic cells, the medium or buffer usually
contains salts to maintain a proper osmotic pressure. The salts in the medium or buffer
also render the medium conductive. For electroporation of very small prokaryotic cells
such as bacteria, sometimes water or 10% ol is used as a low conductance
medium to allow a very high electric ?eld strength. In that case, the charged molecules
?e delivered still render water-based medium more conductive than the lipid-based
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
cell membranes and the medium may still be roughly considered as conductive
particularly in comparison to cell membranes,
The compound to be electroporated into the cells of choice can be any
compound known in the art to be useful for electroporation, such as nucleic acids,
oligonucleotides, polynucleotides, DNA, RNA, peptides, proteins and small molecules
like hormones, cytokines, chemokines, drugs, or drug precursors.
It is important to use voltage sufficient for achieving electroporation of
material into the cells, but not too much voltage as too much power will decrease cell
viability. For example, to oporate a sion of a human cell line, 200 volts is
needed for a 0.2 ml sample in a 4 mm-gap e with exponential rge from a
capacitor of about 1000 [LE However, if the same 0.2 ml cell sion is placed in a
longer container with 2 cm electrode distance (5 times of cuvette gap distance), the
voltage required would be 1000 volts, but a capacitor of only 40 [LP (1/25 of 1000 uF)
is needed because the electric energy from a capacitor follows the equation of:
E=0.5 U2 C
where E is electric , U is voltage and C is capacitance. Therefore a high voltage
pulse generator is actually easy to manufacture because it needs a much smaller
capacitor to store a similar amount of . Similarly, it would not be difficult to
generate other wave forms of higher voltages.
The electroporation devices of the disclosure can allow for a high rate
of cell transformation in a relatively short amount of time. The rate of cell
transformation is dependent on the cell type and the number of cells being transformed.
For e, for E. Coh, the electroporation devices can provide a cell transformation
rate of l to 1010 cells per second, 104 to 107 per second, 105 to 108 per second, or 106 to
109 per second. The electroporation devices also allow transformation of batches of
cells g from 1 cell to 1010 cells in a single ormation procedure using the
device.
The efficiency of the transformation using the electroporation devices
of the disclosure can result in at least 10% of the cells being suf?ciently porated to
allow delivery of the biological molecule. Preferably, the efficiency of the
transformation using the electroporation devices of the disclosure can result in at least
%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%
or greater of the cells being sufficiently porated to allow ry of the biological
aecule.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some embodiments, the electroporation is performed in a cuvette, a
well, a tube, a chamber, a ?ow cell, a channel, or a e tip. In other ments,
the cuvette, well, tube, or chamber is ?lled and emptied from the . In some
embodiments, the cuvette contains a sipper connected to the bottom.
depicts an example single-unit electroporation device 500
(electroporation module) including, from top to bottom, a housing 502 that encloses an
engagement member 504 con?gured to engage with a pipette such as an automatic air
displacement e (not shown), and a ?lter 506. In addition to the g 502, there
is an electroporation cuvette 510 portion of the electroporation device 500 including
electrodes 512, and walls 514 of the oporation chamber 516. The chamber, in
some examples, may range between 001-100 mm in width, 1-5,000 mm in height, and
l-20,000 ul in volume; between 0.03-50 mm in width, 50-2,000 mm in height, and 500-
,000 ul in volume; or between 0.05-30 mm in width, 2-500 mm in height, and 25-
4,500 [11 in .
In some embodiments, a ?rst reservoir 508 may be placed between the
?lter 506 and the oporation chamber 516, the ?rst reservoir being in ?uid
communication with electroporation chamber 516 and providing an empty repository
for any cell sample that may be taken in past the electroporation chamber 516. The ?rst
reservoir 508, in some examples, may range between 01-150 mm in width, 01-250
mm in height, and 0.5-10,000 ul in volume, between 03-100 mm in width, 30-150 mm
in height, and 20-4,000 ul in volume; or between 05-100 mm in width, 05-100 mm in
height, and 5-2,000 ul in volume.
In some implementations, the electroporation device 500 may
additionally include another reservoir 524 in ?uid communication with the ?rst
reservoir 508 (through ?lter 506). The second oir 524 may be placed between
the ?lter 506 and the engagement member 504 to protect the e from contamination
by any liquids that may make it past the ?lter 506. The second reservoir 524, in some
examples, may range between 01-250 mm in width, 0.2-1000 mm in height, and 0.1-
2,500 ul in volume, between 01-150 mm in width, 50-400 mm in height, and 1-1,000
[11 in volume; or between 02-100 mm in width, 05-200 mm in height, and 2-600 [11 in
volume.
In some embodiments, a sipper 518 is in ?uid ication with and
coupled to the electroporation chamber 516, the sipper 518 having an end proximal 520
?he oporation r 516 and an end distal 522 from the electroporation
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
chamber 516. The distal end 522 of the sipper 518 may allow for uptake and dispensing
of the cell sample from the electroporation device 500. The sipper 518, in some
embodiments, is part of a robotic manipulation system. The sipper 518, in some
examples, may be made from plastics such as polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene,
polyamide, polyethylene, polypropylene, nitrile ene, polycarbonate,
polyetheretheketone (PEEK), polysulfone and polyurethane, co—polymers of these and
other polymers, glass (such as a glass capillary), and metal tubing such as aluminum,
stainless steel, or copper. Exemplary materials include l styrene and cyclic
olephin co-polymers. PEEK is a preferred c given it is low in price and easily
fabricated. The sipper 518, in some examples, may range between 0.02-2,000 mm in
width, 0.25-2,000 mm in height, and 1-2,000 [11 in volume, between 0.02-1,250 mm in
width, 250-1,500 mm in height, and 1.5-1,500 [11 in volume, or between 0.02-10 mm in
width, 4.0-1,000 mm in , and 2.5-1,000 [11 in volume.
The housing 502 and ment member 504 of the electroporation
device 500, in some examples, can be made from silicone, resin, polyvinyl chloride,
polyethylene, polyamide, polyethylene, opylene, acrylonitrile ene,
polycarbonate, polyetheretheketone (PEEK), lfone and polyurethane, co-
polymers of these and other polymers. rly, the walls 512 of the electroporation
r, in some examples, may be made of silicone, resin, glass, glass ?ber, polyvinyl
chloride, polyethylene, ide, polyethylene, polypropylene, acrylonitrile
butadiene, polycarbonate, polyetheretheketone (PEEK), polysulfone and polyurethane,
co-polymers of these and other polymers. Exemplary als include crystal styrene
and cyclic olephin co-polymers. These structures or portions thereof can be created
through various techniques, e. g., injection molding, creation of structural layers that are
fused, etc. Polycarbonate and cyclic olephin polymers are preferred materials.
The electroporation chamber 516, in some embodiments, is generally
rical in shape. In other embodiments, the electroporation chamber 516 may be
rectangular, conical, or square.
The filter 506 can be fashioned, in some examples, from porous plastics,
hydrophobic polyethylene, cotton, or glass fibers. Preferably, the filter 506 is composed
of a low-cost material such as porous plastics. The ?lter may range between 02-500
mm in width, 02-500 mm in height, and 1-3,000 ul in ; between 03-250 mm in
width, 20-200 mm in height, and 50-2,5OO ul in volume, or between 05-150 mm in
8th, 02-80 mm in height, and 10-2,000 ul in volume.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
The ment member 504 is red to have a dimension that is
compatible with the liquid handling device used in the electroporation instrument.
The components of the electroporation devices may be manufactured
separately and then assembled, or certain components of the electroporation devices
may be manufactured or molded as a single entity, with other components added after
molding. For example, the sipper, electroporation walls, and housing may be
ctured or molded as a single entity, with the electrodes, ?lter, engagement
member later added to the single entity to form the electroporation module. Similarly,
the oporation walls and housing may be manufactured as a single entity, with the
sipper, electrodes, ?lter, ment member added to the electroporation module after
molding. Other combinations of integrated and non-integrated components are
The odes 512 can be formed from a metal, such as copper,
titanium, aluminum, brass, silver, rhodium, gold or platinum, or graphite, capable of
withstanding application of an electric ?eld. For example, an applied electric ?eld can
destroy electrodes made from of metals like aluminum. If a le use electroporation
device is desired, the electrode plates can be coated with metals resistant to
electrochemical corrosion. tive coatings like noble metals, e.g., gold, can be
used to protect the electrode plates. In a ular example, the electroporation cuvette
may include a ?rst metal electrode and a second metal electrode made from titanium
covered with a layer of gold. sely, if the electroporation device 500 is designed
for single use (e.g., disposable), less expensive metals such as aluminum may be used.
In one embodiment, the distance between the electrodes may be between
0.3 mm and 10 mm. In another embodiment, the distance between the electrodes may
be between 1 mm and 20 mm, or 1 mm to 10 mm, or 2 mm to 5 mm. The inner diameter
of the electroporation r may be between 0.1 mm and 10 mm. To avoid different
?eld intensities between the electrodes, the electrodes should by arranged in parallel
with a constant distance to each other over the whole surface of the electrodes.
Preferably, the ?rst metal electrode and the second metal electrode are separated by a
distance of 2-4 mm in a parallel ement with variations in ce less than +/-20
um. Furthermore, the surface of the electrodes should be as smooth as possible without
pin holes or peaks. Electrodes having a roughness R2 of l to 10 um are preferred. In
other embodiments, the electroporation device es at least one additional electrode
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
which applies a ground potential to, e.g., the sipper portion of the electroporation
device.
Although illustrated as a single unit device 500, in other embodiments,
the electroporation module includes multiple electroporation units. Each
electroporation unit may be configured to electroporate cell sample volumes of between
1 [41 to 20 ml. For example, ing volume ties of electroporation units may be
available in a multi-unit electroporation device.
In a multi-unit electroporation module, in some embodiments, the
electrodes are independent, standalone elements. In other embodiments, a multi-unit
electroporation device may include electrodes arranged such that electroporation
cuvettes in adjacent electroporation units share electrodes. Such multi-unit
electroporation devices may include, e.g., 2 or more electroporation units, 4 or more
electroporation units, 8 or more electroporation units, 16 or more oporation units,
32 or more electroporation units, 48 or more electroporation units, 64 or more
electroporation units, or even 96 or more electroporation units preferably in an
ted device. Where multiple parallel devices are employed, typically like
volumes are used in each unit.
gh example dimensions are provided, the ions, of ,
will vary depending on the volume of the cell sample and the container(s) that are used
to contain the cells and/or material to be oporated.
] In preferred embodiments, the transformation module includes at least
one ?ow-through electroporation device having a housing with an electroporation
chamber, a ?rst electrode and a second electrode con?gured to engage with an electric
pulse generator. In some implementations, the ?ow-through oporation devices are
con?gured to mate with a replaceable dge such as the cartridges 104, 106 of (e.g., transformation module llOc), by which electrical contacts engage with the
electrodes of the electroporation device. In certain embodiments, the electroporation
devices are autoclavable and/or disposable, are packaged with reagents in the reagent
cartridge, and/or may be removable from the reagent cartridge, The electroporation
device may be configured to electroporate cell sample volumes between 1 ul to 2 ml,
ul to 1 ml, 25 ul to 750ul, or 50 ul to 500 pl. The cells that may be electroporated
with the disclosed electroporation devices include mammalian cells (including human
cells), plant cells, yeasts, other eukaryotic cells, bacteria, archaea, and other cell types.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
The reagent cartridges for use in the automated multi-module cell
processing systems (e.g., cartridge 104 of ), in some ments, include one
or more electroporation devices (e.g., electroporation module 110c of ),
preferably ?ow—through electroporation devices. is a bottom perspective view
of a set 530 of six co-joined ?ow-through electroporation devices (e.g., units or
modules) 532a—fthat may be part of a reagent cartridge, and is a top ctive
view of the same. The cartridge may e one to six or more ?ow-through
electroporation units 532a-f arranged on a single substrate 534. Each of the six ?ow-
through electroporation units 532a—f have corresponding wells 536a-f that de?ne cell
sample inlets and wells 538a-f (see ) that de?ne cell sample outlets.
Additionally, as seen in , each electroporation unit 532a—f includes a respective
inlet 540a—f, a respective outlet 542a—f, a tive ?ow channel 544a—f, and two
electrodes 546a—f on either side of a constriction in the respective ?ow l 544a—f
of each ?ow—through electroporation unit 532a—f.
Once the six ?ow-through oporation units 532a-f are fabricated, in
some embodiments, they can be ted from one another along the score lines
separating each unit from the nt unit (i.e., "snapped apa ") and used one at a
time, or alternatively in other embodiments two or more ?ow-through electroporation
units 532a—f can be used in el, in which case those two or more units preferably
remain ted along the score lines.
Generally speaking, micro?uidic electroporation—using cell
suspension volumes of less than approximately 10 ml and as low as 1 ul—allows more
precise l over a transfection or transformation process and permits ?exible
integration with other cell processing tools compared to bench-scale oporation
devices. Micro?uidic electroporation thus provides unique advantages for, e. g., single
cell transformation, processing and analysis, multi-unit electroporation device
configurations; and integrated, automatic, multi-module cell processing and analysis.
The ?ow-through electroporation devices included in the reagent
cartridges can achieve high efficiency cell oporation with low toxicity. In specific
embodiments of the ?ow-through electroporation devices of the disclosure the toxicity
level of the transformation results in greater than 10% viable cells after electroporation,
preferably r than 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 70%,
75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or even 95% viable cells following transformation, depending
?he cell type and the nucleic acids being introduced into the cells.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
After transformation, the cells are allowed to recover under ions
that promote the genome editing process that takes place as a result of the
transformation and expression of the introduced nucleic acids in the cells.
Method for AutomatedMulti-Module Cell Processing
FIG 9 is a ?ow chart of an example method 900 for using an automated
multi-module cell processing system such as the systems illustrated in FIGs. lA-lB and
12A-12B. The processing system of , for example, may direct the processing
stage of the method 900. For e, a software script may identify settings for each
processing stage and instructions for movement of a robotic handling system to perform
the actions of the method 900. In some embodiments, a software instruction script may
be identi?ed by a cartridge supplied to the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument. For e, the dge may include machine-readable indicia, such as
a bar code or QR code, including identi?cation of a script stored in a memory of the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument (e. g., such as memory 1302 of ). In another e, the cartridge may contain a downloadable script embedded in
machine-readable indicia such as a radio frequency (RF) tag. In other embodiments,
the user may identify a , for example through downloading the script via a wired
or wireless connection to the processing system of the automated multi-module cell
processing instrument or through selecting a stored script through a user ace of
the automated multi-module cell processing instrument. In a particular example, the
automated module cell processing instrument may include a touch screen
interface for submitting user settings and activating cell processing.
In some implementations, the method 900 begins with transferring cells
to a growth module (902). The growth module, for example, may be the growth module
800 described in relation to FIGs. 8A through 8F. In a particular example, the
processing system 120 may direct the robotic handling system 108 to transfer cells 106
to the growth module 110a, as described in relation to FIGs. 12A and 12B. In another
example, as described in relation to , the cells may be transferred from one of
the cartridges 104, 106 to the growth modules 110a, llOb by the robotic handling
system 108. In some embodiments, the growth vial may contain growth media and be
supplied, e. g,, as part of a kit. In other ments, the growth vial may be ?lled with
medium transferred, e.g., via the liquid ng device, from a reagent container.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some embodiments, prior to transferring the cells (e.g., from the
reagent cartridge 104 or from a vial added to the instrument), machine-readable indicia
may be scanned upon the vial or other container situated in a position designated for
cells to con?rm that the vial or container is marked as ning cells. Further, the
e-readable indicia may indicate a type of cells provided to the instrument. The
type of cells, in some ments, may cause the instrument to select a particular
processing script (e. g., series ofinstructions for the c handling system and settings
and activation of the various modules).
In some implementations, the cells are grown in the growth module to a
desired optical density (904). For example, the processing system 126 of FIGs. 1A-1B
or processing system 1220 of FIGS. 12A-B may manage a temperature setting of the
growth module 110a for incubating the cells during the growth cycle. The processing
system 126, 1220 may further receive sensor signals from the growth module 110a,
110b indicative of optical density and e the sensor signals to monitor growth of
the cells. In some embodiments, a user may set growth parameters for managing
growth of the cells. For example, temperature, and the degree of agitation of the cells.
Further, in some embodiments, the user may be updated regarding growth process. The
s, in some examples, may include a message presented on a user interface of the
automated multi-module cell processing system, a text message to a user’s cell phone
number, an email message to an email account, or a message transmitted to an app
executing upon a portable onic device (e.g., cell phone, tablet, etc). Responsive
to the messages, in some embodiments, the user may modify ters, such as
temperature, to adjust cell growth. For e, the user may submit updated
parameters through a user interface of the automated multi-module cell sing
system or through a portable ing device application in communication with the
automated multi-module cell processing system, such as a user interface 1100 of 1.
Although described in relation to optical density, in other
implementations, cell growth within the growth module may be monitored using a
different measure of cell density and physiological state such as, in some examples, pH,
dissolved oxygen, released enzymes, acoustic properties, and electrical properties.
] In some implementations, upon reaching the desired optical y
(904), the cells are transferred from the growth module to a filtration module or cell
?ll and concentration module (906). The c handling system 108 of FIGs. 1A-
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
1B or 1208 of FIGs. 12A-12B, for example, may er the cells from the growth
module 1210a to the ?ltration module 1210b. The ?ltration module, for example, may
be designed to render the cells electrocompetent. Further, the ?ltration module may be
con?gured to reduce the volume of the cell sample to a volume appropriate for
electroporation. In r example, the ?ltration module may be con?gured to remove
unwanted ents, such as salts, from the cell sample. In some embodiments, the
robotic handling system 108 transfers a washing on to the ?ltration module 1210b
for washing the cells.
In some implementations, the cells are rendered electrocompetent and
eluted in the ?ltration module or cell wash and concentration module (908). The cells
may be eluted using a wash solution. For example, the cells may be eluted using
reagents from a t supply. The ?ltration module or cell wash and concentration
module, for example, may be similar to the ?ltration module 700 illustrated in FIGs.
7A and 7B. As discussed above, numerous different methods can be used to wash the
cells, including density gradient puri?cation, dialysis, ion exchange columns, ?ltration,
centrifugation, dilution, and the use of beads for puri?cation. In some aspects, the cell
wash and tration module utilizes a centrifugation device. In other aspects, the
?ltration module utilizes a ?ltration instrument. In yet other aspects, the beads are
d to moieties that bind to the cell surface. These moieties include but are not
limited to dies, lectins, wheat germ agglutinin, mutated lysozymes, and ligands.
In other aspects, the cells are engineered to be magnetized, allowing magnets to pellet
the cells after wash steps. Mechanism of cell magnetization can e but not limited
to ferritin protein expression.
In some embodiments, the wash solution is erred to the ?ltration
module prior to eluting. The robotic handling system 108 of FIGs. B, for
example, may transfer the wash solution from a vial or container situated in a position
designated for wash solution. Prior to transferring the wash solution, machine—readable
indicia may be scanned upon the vial or other container or reservoir situated in the
position ated for the wash solution to con?rm the ts of the vial, container,
or reservoir. Further, the machine-readable indicia may indicate atype ofwash on
provided to the instrument. The type of wash solution, in some embodiments, may
cause the system to select a particular processing script (e. g, settings and activation of
the ?ltration module appropriate for the particular wash solution).
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In other embodiments, the cells are eluted in a cell wash module of a
wash cartridge. For example, the eluted cells may be collected in an empty vessel of
the wash cartridge 106 illustrated in , and the c handling system 108 may
transfer media from the reagent cartridge 104 (or a reagent well of the wash cartridge
10b) to the eluted cells.
Once the cells have been rendered ocompetent and suspended in
an appropriate volume such as 50 [LL to 10 mL, or 100 uL to 80 mL, or 150 uL to 8
mL, or 250 uL to 7 mL, or 500 [1L to 6 mL, or 750 uL to 5 mL for ormation by
the ?ltration module (906), in some entations, the cells are transferred to a
transformation module (918). The robotic handling system 108 of FIGS. 1A-1B, for
example, may transfer the cells from the tion module to the transformation module
110c. The tion module may be ally coupled to the transformation module,
or these modules may be separate. In an embodiment such as the instrument 100 of
having cartridge-based supplies, the cells may be eluted to a reservoir within
a cartridge, such as the reagent cartridge 104, prior to transferring to the transformation
module.
In some implementations, nucleic acids are prepared outside of the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument. For example, an led vector
or other nucleic acid assembly may be included as a reagent by a user prior to running
the transformation process and other processes in the method 900.
r, in other implementations, nucleic acids are prepared by the
automated module cell processing instrument. A portion of the following steps
910 through 916, in some embodiments, are performed in parallel with a portion of
steps 902 through 908. At least a portion of the following steps, in some embodiments,
are performed before and/or after steps 902 through 908.
In some implementations nucleic acids such as an editing
oligonucleotide and a vector back bone, as well as, in some examples, enzymes and
other reaction components are erred to a nucleic acid ly module (910).
The nucleic acid assembly module may be red to perform one or more of a wide
variety of different nucleic acid assembly techniques in an automated fashion. Nucleic
acid assembly techniques that can be performed in the nucleic acid assembly module
may include, but are not limited to, those assembly methods that use restriction
endonucleases, including PCR, BioBrick assembly, Type 118 g (e.g., GoldenGate
Embly), and Ligase Cycling Reaction. In other examples, the nucleic acid assembly
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
module may perform an assembly technique based on overlaps between adjacent parts
of the nucleic acids, such as Gibson Assembly®, CPEC, SLIC, Ligase Cycling etc.
Additional example assembly methods that may be performed by the nucleic acid
assembly module include gap repair in yeast, y cloning and topoisomerase-
mediated cloning. The nucleic acid assembly , for example, may be the nucleic
acid assembly module 400 described in relation to In a particular example, the
processing system 120 may direct the robotic handling system 1208 to transfer nucleic
acids 1206 to the nucleic acid assembly module 1210e, as described in relation to B. In another example, as described in relation to , the c acids may be
transferred from one of the cartridges 104, 106 to a nucleic acid assembly module by
the robotic handling system 108.
] In some embodiments—prior to erring each of the c acid
samples, the enzymes, and other reaction components—machine—readable a may
be scanned upon the vials or other containers situated in positions designated for these
materials to confirm that the vials or containers are marked as containing the anticipated
material. Further, the machine-readable a may indicate a type of one or more of
the nucleic acid samples, the enzymes, and other reaction components provided to the
instrument. The type(s) of materials, in some embodiments, may cause the instrument
to select a ular processing script (e.g., series of instructions for the c
handling system to identify further materials and/or settings and activation of the
nucleic acid assembly module).
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid assembly module is temperature
controlled depending upon the type of nucleic acid assembly used. For example, when
PCR is utilized in the nucleic acid assembly module, the module can have a
thermocycling capability allowing the temperatures to cycle between denaturation,
annealing and extension. When single temperature assembly methods are utilized in
the nucleic acid assembly module, the module can have the ability to reach and hold at
the temperature that optimizes the specific assembly process being performed.
Temperature control, in some embodiments, is managed by a processing
system of the automated module cell processing instrument, such as the
processing system 1310 of . These temperatures and the on of maintaining
the temperatures can be determined by a preprogrammed set of parameters (e. g.,
identified within the processing script or in another memory space accessible by the
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
sing ), or manually controlled by the user through interfacing with the
processing system.
Once suf?cient time has elapsed for the assembly reaction to take place,
in some implementations, the nucleic acid assembly is transferred to a puri?cation
module (914). The sing system, for example, may monitor timing of the
ly reaction based upon one or more of the type of reaction, the type of materials,
and user settings ed to the automated multi-module cell processing ment.
The robotic handling system 108 of FIGs. lA-IB or 12A-12B, for example, may
er the nucleic acid assembly to the puri?cation module through a sipper or pipettor
interface. In another example, the robotic handling system 108 of FIGs. lA-IB or 12A-
12B may transfer a vial containing the nucleic acid assembly from a chamber of the
nucleic acid assembly module to a chamber of the de—salt/puri?cation module.
In some implementations, the nucleic acid assembly is de-salted and
eluted at the puri?cation module (916). The puri?cation module, for example, may
remove unwanted components of the nucleic acid assembly mixture (e.g., salts,
minerals, etc.). In some embodiments, the puri?cation module concentrates the
assembled nucleic acids into a r volume that the nucleic acid assembly volume.
Examples of methods for exchanging liquid following nucleic acid assembly include
magnetic beads (e.g., SPRI or Dynal (Dynabeads) by Invitrogen Corp. of ad,
CA), silica beads, silica spin columns, glass beads, precipitation (e.g., using l or
isopropanol), ne lysis, osmotic puri?cation, extraction with butanol, membrane-
based separation techniques, ?ltration etc. For example, one or more micro-
concentrators ?tted with anisotropic, hydrophilic-generated cellulose membranes of
varying porosities may be used. In another example, the de—saltr’ puri?cation module
may s a liquid sample including a nucleic acid and an ionic salt by contacting the
mixture with an ion exchanger including an insoluble ate salt, removing the
liquid, and g c acid from the ion exchanger.
In an illustrative embodiment, the nucleic acid assembly may be
combined with magnetic beads, such as SPRI beads, in a chamber of a puri?cation
module. The nucleic acid assembly may be incubated at a set temperature for suf?cient
time for the nucleic acid assembly to bind to the magnetic beads. After incubation, a
magnet may be engaged proximate to the r so that the nucleic acid assembly
can be washed and eluted. An illustrative example of this process is discussed in
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
relation to the combination isothermal nucleic acid assembly and puri?cation module
of
Once the nucleic acid assembly has been eluted, the nucleic acid
assembly, in some implementations, is erred to the ormation module (918),
The robotic handling system 108 of FIGS. lA-lB or 12A-12B, for example, may
transfer the nucleic acid assembly to the transformation module through a sipper or
or interface to, e.g., a e-based electroporator module or a ?ow-through
electroporator module, as described above. For example, the de-salted assembled
nucleic acids, during the transfer, may be combined with the electrocompetent cells
from step 908. In other embodiments, the transformation module may accept each of
the electrocompetent cells and the nucleic acid assembly separately and enable the
mixing (e. g., open one or more channels to combine the materials in a shared chamber).
The cells may be transformed in the transformation module (920).
Transformation may involve any art-recognized technique for introducing an
exogenous nucleic acid sequence (e.g., DNA) into a target cell (either transformation
or transfection), including, in some examples, oporation, lipofection,
optoporation, injection, i'nicroprecipitaiion, mieroinj ection, liposonies, particle
boitobarditoeut, sonoporation, indueed poration, bead transi‘eetion, calcium
phosphate or calcium chloride co—precipitation, or DEAE-dextran-mediated
transfection. in some embodiments, hybrid techniques. that exploit the capabilities of
mechanical and chemical transfection methods can be used, such as magneio'fectioii, a
transfection methodology that combines cheiifiical transfection. with mechanical
methods, in ano?iei‘ exampie, carioriio lipids may be ed in combination with gene
guns or electroporators.
In some implementations, the transformation module uses
electroporation to trigger uptake of the DNA material. A buffer or medium may be
transferred to the transformation module and added to the cells so that the cells may be
suspended in a buffer or medium that is ble for cell survival during
electroporation. Prior to transferring the buffer or medium, machine-readable indicia
may be scanned upon the vial or other container or reservoir situated in the position
ated for the buffer or medium to con?rm the contents of the vial, ner, or
oir. Further, the machine-readable indicia may indicate a type of buffer or
medium provided to the instrument. The type of buffer or medium, in some
amdiments, may cause the ment to select a particular processing script (e.g.,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
settings and activation of the transformation module appropriate for the particular
buffer or medium). For ial cell electroporation, low tance s, such
as water or glycerol solutions, may be used to reduce the heat tion by transient
high current. For yeast cells a sorbitol solution may be used. For mammalian cell
electroporation, cells may be suspended in a highly conductive medium or buffer, such
as MEM, DMEM, IMDM, RPMI, Hanks', PBS, HBSS, HeBS and Ringer's on. In
a ular example, the robotic handling system 108 may transfer a buffer solution to
the transformation module 110c from one of the cartridges 104, 106. The
transformation module, for example, may be a ?ow-through electroporation module
such as the electroporation modules described in relation to FIGs. 5A and 5B. As
described in relation to and , the transformation module may be a
disposable rough electroporation module 110C provided with the cartridge 104
of FIG. IA.
In some entations, the transformation module further prepares
the cells for nucleic acid . For example, bacterial cells may be treated with a
sucrose or ol wash prior to addition of nucleic acids, and yeast cells may be
treated with a solution of lithium acetate, dithiotheitol (DTT) and TE buffer. In other
implementations involving preparation of cells for nucleic acid uptake, the filtration
module or another separate module (e.g., a cell wash module) may prepare the cells for
nucleic acid update.
Once transformed, the cells are transferred to a second
growth/recovery/editing module (922). The robotic handling system 108 of FIGs. 1A-
1B or 12A-12B, for example, may transfer the transformed cells to the second growth
module through a sipper or pipettor interface. In another example, the robotic handling
system 108 of IA-IB or 12A-12B may transfer a vial ning the transformed cells
from a chamber of the transformation module to a chamber of the second growth
module.
The second growth module, in some embodiments, acts as a recovery
module, allowing the cells to recover from the ormation process. In other
embodiments, the cells may be provided to a separate recovery module prior to being
transported to the second growth module. During recovery, the second growth module
allows the transformed cells to uptake and, in n aspects integrate the introduced
nucleic acids into the genome ofthe cell. The second growth module may be configured
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
to incubate the cells at any user-defined temperature optimal for cell growth, preferably
", 30°, or 37° C.
In some embodiments, the second growth module behaves as a selection
module, selecting the transformed cells based on an antibiotic or other reagent. In one
example, the RNA-guided nuclease (RGN) protein system is used for selection to
cleave the genomes of cells that have not received the desired edit. The RGN protein
system used for ion can either be the same or different as the RGN used for
editing. In the example of an antibiotic selection agent, the otic may be added to
the second growth module to enact selection. Suitable antibiotic resistance genes
include, but are not limited to, genes such as ampicillin-resistance gene, tetracycline-
resistance gene, kanamycin-resistance gene, neomycin-resistance gene, canavanine-
resistance gene, cidin-resistance gene, hygromycin-resistance gene, puromycin-
resistance gene, or chloramphenicol-resistance gene. The robotic handling system 108
of FIGs. lA-IB or 12A-12B, for example, may transfer the antibiotic to the second
growth module h a sipper or pipettor interface. In some embodiments, removing
dead cell background is aided using lytic enhancers such as detergents, osmotic stress
by hypnotic wash, temperature, enzymes, ses, bacteriophage, ng agents, or
chaotropes. The processing system 1310 of , for example, may alter
environmental variables, such as temperature, to induce ion, while the robotic
handling system 108 ofFIGs. IA-lB or 12A-12B may deliver additional materials (e.g.,
detergents, s, reducing agents, etc.) to aid in selection. In other embodiments,
cell removal and/or media exchange by filtration is used to reduce dead cell
background.
In further embodiments, in addition to or as an alternative to applying
selection, the second growth module serves as an editing module, allowing for genome
editing in the transformed cells. Alternatively, in other embodiments the cells post-
recovery and selection (if performed) are transferred to a separate editing module. As
an editing module, the second growth module induces editing of the cells’ genomes,
e.g., through expression of the introduced nucleic acids. Expression of the nuclease
may e one or more of chemical, light, viral, or temperature ion. The second
growth module, for example, may be con?gured to heat or cool the cells during a
ature induction process. In a ular illustration, the cells may be induced by
heating at 42°C-50°C. r to the illustration, the cells may then be are cooled to 0-
6C after induction. In the example of chemical or viral induction, an inducing agent
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
may be transferred to the second growth module to induce editing. If an inducible
nuclease was introduced to the cells, during g, the inducible nuclease is induced
through introduction of an inducer molecule, such as the inducer molecule 1224
described in relation to A. The inducing agent or inducer molecule, in some
implementations, is transferred to the second growth module by the robotic handling
system 108 of FIGS. 1A—1B or 12A-12B (e. g., through a pipettor or sipper interface).
In some implementations, if no additional cell editing is desired (924),
the cells may be transferred from the cell growth module to a storage unit for later
removal from the automated multi-module cell sing system (926). The storage
unit, for example, may e the e unit 114 of FIGs. 12A-12B. The robotic
handling system 108 of FIGS. 1A-1B or 12A-12B, for example, may transfer the cells
to the storage unit 114 through a sipper or pipettor interface. In another example, the
robotic handling system 108 of FIGS. lA-lB or 12A-12B may transfer a vial containing
the cells from a chamber of the second growth module to a vial or tube within the
e unit.
In some implementations, if additional cell editing is desired (924), the
cells may be transferred to the same or a ent filtration module and rendered
electrocompetent (908). r, in some embodiments, a new assembled nucleic acid
sample may be prepared by the nucleic acid assembly module at this time. Prior to
recursive editing, in some ments, the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument may require additional materials (e. g., replacement cartridges) be supplied
by the user.
] The steps may be the same or different during the second round of
editing. For example, in some embodiments, upon a subsequent execution of step 904,
a selective growth medium is transferred to the growth module to enable selection of
edited cells from the ?rst round of editing. The robotic handling system 108 of FIGs.
1A-B or 12A-B, for example, may transfer the ive growth medium from a vial or
container in a t cartridge situated in a position designated for selective growth
medium. Prior to transferring the selective growth , machine-readable indicia
may be scanned upon the vial or other container or oir situated in the position
designated for the selective growth medium to confirm the contents of the vial,
container, or reservoir. Further, the machine-readable indicia may indicate a type of
selective growth medium provided to the instrument. The type of selective growth
Elwin, in some embodiments, may cause the instrument to select a particular
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
processing script (e.g., settings and activation ofthe growth module riate for the
particular selective growth medium). Particular examples of recursive editing
work?ows are described in relation to FIGs. 10A through 10C.
In some entations, the method 900 can be timed to request
materials and/or complete the editing cycle in nation with a user’s schedule. For
example, the automated multi-module cell processing instrument may provide the user
the ability to schedule completion of one or more cell processing cycles (e.g., one or
more recursive edits) such that the method 900 is enacted with a goal of completion at
the user’s preferred time. The time scheduling, for example, may be set through a user
interface, such as the user interface 1316 of . In a particular illustration, a user
may set completion of a first cycle to 4:00 PM so that the user can supply additional
cartridges of materials to the automated multi-module cell processing instrument to
enable overnight processing of another round of cell editing.
In some implementations, throughout the method 900, the automated
multi-module cell processing instrument may alert the user to its current status. For
example, the user interface 1316 of may present a cal indication of the
present stage of processing. In a particular example, a front face ofthe automated multi-
module call processing instrument may be overlaid with a user interface (e.g., touch
screen) that presents an animated graphic depicting present status of the cell processing,
The user interface may further present any user and/or default gs associated with
the current processing stage (e.g., temperature setting, time setting, etc.)
Although rated as a particular series of operations, in other
embodiments, more or fewer steps may be included in the method 900. For example,
in some embodiments, prior to engaging in each round of editing, the ts of
reservoirs, cartridges, and/or vials may be screened to confirm appropriate materials are
available to d with processing. For example, in some embodiments, one or more
imaging sensors (e. g., barcode scanners, s, etc.) may confirm ts at various
locations within the housing ofthe automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
In one example, multiple imaging sensors may be disposed within the housing of the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument, each imaging sensor configured to
detect one or more materials (e.g., machine-readable indicia such as barcodes or QR
codes, shapes/sizes of materials, etc.). In r e, at least one imaging sensor
may be moved by the robotic handling system to multiple locations to detect one or
rials. In further embodiments, one or more weight sensors may detect
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
presence or absence of disposable or replaceable materials. In an illustrative example,
the er tip supply holder 116 may include a weight sensor to detect whether or not
tips have been loaded into the . In another illustrative example, an optical sensor
may detect that a level of liquid waste has reached a threshold level, requiring disposal
prior to continuation of cell sing. Requests for onal materials, removal of
waste supplies, or other user interventions (e.g., manual cleaning of one or more
elements, etc), in some implementations, are presented on a graphical user ace of
the automated multi-module cell processing instrument. The automated multi-module
cell processing instrument, in some entations, contacts the user with requests
for new materials or other manual interventions, for example h a software app,
email, or text message.
Worlg?ows [or Cell Processing in on AutomatedMulti-Modnle Cell sing
Instrument
The automated multi-module cell sing instrument is designed to
perform a variety of cell processing ws using the same modules. For example,
source materials, in dual containers or in cartridge form, may differ and the
corresponding instructions (e.g., software script) may be selected accordingly, using
the same basic mentation and robotic handling system, that is, the multi-module
cell processing system can be con?gured to perform a number of different work?ows
for processing cell samples and different types of cell samples. In embodiments, a same
work?ow may be performed iteratively to recursively edit a cell . In other
embodiments, a cell sample is recursively edited, but the work?ow may change from
iteration to iteration.
FIGS. 10A through 10C illustrate example work?ows that may be
performed using an automated multi-module cell processing instrument including two
cell growth modules 1002, 1008, two filtration modules 1004 and 1010, and a ?ow—
through electroporation module 1006. Although described as te growth modules
1002, 1008 and filtration modules 1004, 1010, each may instead be designed as a dual
module. For example, a dual growth module, including growth modules 1002 and
1008, may include dual rotating growth vials sharing some circuitry, controls, and a
power source and disposed in a same g, Similarly, a dual filtration module may
include filtration modules 1004 and 1010, including two te ?lters and liquid
?ply tubes but sharing circuitry, controls, a power source, and a housing. The
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
modules 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, and 1010, for example, may be part of the instrument
100 described in relation to FIGS. 1A and 1B.
Turning to A, a ?ow diagram illustrates a ?rst bacteria genome
editing work?ow 1000 involving two stages of sing having identical processing
steps, resulting in two edits to a cell stock 1012. Each stage may operate based upon a
ent cartridge of source materials. For example, a ?rst cartridge may e a ?rst
oligo library 1014a and a ?rst ngNA ne 1016a. A second cartridge, introduced
into the automated multi-module cell processing instrument between processing stages
or prior to processing but in a different position than the ?rst cartridge, may include a
second oligo library 1014b and a second ngNA backbone 1016b. Each cartridge may
be considered as a “library dge” for building a library of edited cells. The cell
stock 1012, in some embodiments, is included in the ?rst library cartridge. The cell
stock 1012 may be supplied within a kit including the two cartridges. Alternatively, a
user may add a container (e.g., vial or tube) of the cell stock 1012 to a purchased
dge.
The work?ow 1000, in some embodiments, is performed based upon a
script executed by a processing system of the automated module cell processing
instrument, such as the processing system 1310 of . The script, in a ?rst
example, may be accessed via a machine-readable marker or tag added to the ?rst
cartridge. In some embodiments, each processing stage is performed using a separate
script. For example, each cartridge may include an tion of a script or a script
itself for processing the contents of the cartridge.
In some implementations, the ?rst stage begins with introducing the cell
stock 1012 into the ?rst growth module 1002 for inoculation, growth, and monitoring
(1018a). In one example, a robotic handling system adds a Vial of the cell stock 1012
to medium contained in the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002. In
another example, the robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1012 from the ?rst
cartridge and adds the cell stock 1012 to the medium ned in the rotating growth
vial. The cells may have been maintained at a temperature of 4° C at this point. In a
particular example, 20 ml of cell stock may be grown within a rotating growth vial of
the ?rst growth module 1002 at a temperature of 30° C to an OD of 0.50. The cell stock
1012 added to the ?rst growth module 1002 may be monitored over time until 050 OD
is sensed via automated monitoring of the growth vial. ring may be periodic or
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
continuous. This may take, for example, around 900 minutes (estimated), although the
exact time depends upon detection of the d OD.
In some implementations, after growing the cells to the desired OD, an
inducer is added to the ?rst growth module 1002 for ng the cells. In a particular
e, 100 pl of inducer may be added, and the growth module 1002 may bring the
temperature of the mixture up to 42° C and hold for 15 minutes.
The cell stock 1012, after growth and induction, is transferred to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004, in some implementations, for rendering the cells
electrocompetent (1020a) and to reduce the volume of the cells for transformation. In
one example, a robotic handling system moves the vial of the cell stock 1012 from the
rotating growth vial ofthe ?rst growth module 1002 to a vial holder of the ?rst ?ltration
module 1004. In another example, the robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1012
from the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002 and delivers it to the ?rst
filtration module 1004. For example, the disposable pipetting tip used to transfer the
cell stock 1012 to the ?rst growth module 1002 may be used to transfer the cell stock
1012 from the ?rst growth module 1002 to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004. In some
embodiments, prior to transferring the cell stock 1012 from the ?rst growth module
1002 to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004, the ?rst growth module 1002 is cooled to 4 0C
so that the cell stock 1012 is similarly reduced to this temperature. In a particular
example, the ature of the ?rst growth module 1002 may be reduced to about 4°C
over the span of about 8 minutes, and the growth module 1002 may hold the
temperature at 4 0C for about 15 minutes to ensure reduction in temperature of the cell
stock 1012.
] Prior to transferring the cell stock, in some entations, a ?lter of
the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is pre-washed using a wash solution, The wash solution,
for example, may be ed in a wash cartridge, such as the cartridge 1006 described
in relation to . The ?rst ?ltration module 1004, for example, may be ?uidly
connected to the wash solution of the wash cartridge, as bed in relation to FIG.
The ?rst ion module 1004, for example, may be part of a dual
?ltration module such as the ?ltration module 750 described in relation to FIGs. 7B and
7C. In a particular example, the ?rst ion module 1004 may be maintained at 40 C
during the washing and eluting process while transferring cell materials between an
?ion vial and the ?rst ?ltration module 1004.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some implementations, upon rendering the cells electrocompetent at
the ?ltration module 1004, the cell stock 1012 is transferred to a transformation module
1006 (e. g., ?ow-through electroporation module) for transformation. In one example,
a robotic handling system moves the vial of the cell stock 1012 from the vial holder of
the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 to a reservoir of the ?ow-through electroporation
module 1006. In another e, the robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1012
from the ?rst ?ltration module 1002 or a temporary reservoir and delivers it to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004. In a particular example, 400 pl of the trated cell stock
1012 from the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is transferred to a mixing reservoir prior to
transfer to the transformation module 1006. For example, the cell stock 1012 may be
transferred to a reservoir in a cartridge for mixing with the assembled nucleic acids,
then transferred by the robotic handling system using a pipette tip. In a particular
example, the transformation module is maintained at 4 °C. The cell stock 1012 may be
transformed, in an rative example, in about four s.
While the cells are growing and/or rendered electrocompetent, in some
implementations, a ?rst oligo library 1014a and the ngNA backbone 1016a are
assembled using an rmal nucleic acid assembly process to create assembled
nucleic acids in an isothermal nucleic acid assembly master mix (1022a). The
assembled nucleic acids may be created at some point during the ?rst processing steps
1018a, 1020a of the ?rst stage of the work?ow 1000. Alternatively, assembled nucleic
acids may be created in e of beginning the ?rst processing step 1018.
] In some embodiments, the nucleic acids are assembled using an
isothermal nucleic acid assembly module of the automated multi-module cell
sing instrument. For example, the robotic ng system may add the ?rst
oligo library 1014a and the ngNA backbone 1016a from a library vessel in the reagent
cartridge in the automated multi-module cell processing instrument to an isothermal
nucleic acid assembly module (not illustrated), such as the nucleic acid assembly
module 1210g described in relation to B. The nucleic acid assembly mix, for
example, may e in a ular example 50 [11 Gibson Assembly® Master Mix,
ul vector backbone 1016a, and 25 ul oligo 1014a. The isothermal nucleic acid
assembly module may be held at room temperature. The assembly process may take
about 30 minutes.
In other ments, the nucleic acids are assembled externally to the
ati-module cell processing instrument and added as a source material. For example,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
a vial or tube of assembled c acids may be added to a t cartridge prior to
activating the ?rst step 1018a of cell processing. In a particular example, 100 ul of
assembled nucleic acids are provided.
In some implementations, the assembled nucleic acids are puri?ed
(1024a). The assembled nucleic acids, for e, may be transferred by the robotic
handling system from the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module to a puri?cation
module (not shown), such as the puri?cation module 1210h of B. In other
embodiments, the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module may include puri?cation
features (e.g., a combination isothermal nucleic acid assembly and puri?cation
module). In further embodiments, the assembled nucleic acids are puri?ed externally
to the multi-module cell processing ment and added as a source material. For
example, a vial or tube of puri?ed assembled nucleic acids may be added to a reagent
cartridge with the cell stock 1012 prior to activating the ?rst step 1018a of cell
processing.
In a particular example, 100 pl of assembled nucleic acids in isothermal
nucleic acid assembly mix are puri?ed. In some embodiments, magnetic beads are
added to the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module, for example 180 pl of ic
beads in a liquid suspension may be added to the rmal nucleic acid assembly
module by the robotic handling system. A magnet functionally coupled to the
isothermal nucleic acid ly module may be activated and the sample washed in
200 pl ethanol (e. g., the robotic handling system may transfer ethanol to the isothermal
nucleic acid assembly module). Liquid waste from this operation, in some
embodiments, is transferred to a waste receptacle of the cartridge (e.g., by the robotic
handling system using a same pipette tip as used in transferring the l). At this
point, the de-salted led nucleic acids may be transferred to a holding container,
such as a reservoir of the cartridge. The desalted assembled nucleic acids may be held,
for example at a temperature of 4 °C until cells are ready for transformation. In a
particular e, 100 pl of the assembled nucleic acids may be added to the 400 pl
of the concentrated cell stock 1012 in the mixing reservoir prior to transfer to the
transformation module 1006. In some embodiments, the ation process may take
about 16 minutes.
] In some implementations, the led nucleic acids and cell stock
1012 are added to the ?ow-through electroporation module 1006 and the cell stock
a2 is transformed (1026a). The robotic handling system, for example, may transfer
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
the mixture of the cell stock 1012 and assembled c acids to the ?ow-through
electroporation module 1006 from a mixing reservoir, e.g., using a pipette tip or through
transferring a vial or tube. In some embodiments, a built-in ?ow-through
electroporation module such as the ?ow—through electroporation s 500 of is used to transform the cell stock 1012. In other embodiments, a cartridge-based
electroporation module such as the ?ow—through electroporation module 530 of is used to orm the cell stock 1012. The electroporation module 1006, for
example, may be held at a temperature of 4 ”C. The electroporation process, in an
illustrative example, may take about four minutes.
The transformed cell stock 1012, in some implementations, is
transferred to the second growth module 1008 for recovery (1028a). In a particular
e, transformed cells undergo a ry s in the second growth module
1008 at a temperature of 30 °C. The transformed cells, for example, may be maintained
in the second growth module 1008 for about an hour for recovery.
In some implementations, a selective medium is transferred to the
second growth vial (not illustrated), and the cells are left to te for a further period
of time in a selection process. In an illustrative example, an antibiotic may be
transferred to the second growth vial, and the cells may incubate for an additional two
hours at a temperature of 30 °C.
After recovery, the cells may be ready for either another round of editing
or for storage in a vessel, e.g., for further experiments conducted outside of the
automated cell processing environment. Alternatively, a portion of the cells may be
transferred to a storage unit as cell y output, while another n of the cells may
be prepared for a second round of editing.
In some implementations, in preparation for a second round of editing,
the transformed cells are transferred to the second filtration module 1010 for media
exchange and ?ltering (1030a). Prior to transferring the transformed cell stock, in some
implementations, a filter of the second tion module 1004 is pre-washed using a
wash solution. The wash solution, for example, may be supplied in a wash dge,
such as the cartridge 1006 described in relation to . The second flltration
module 1010, for example, may be ?uidly ted to the wash solution of the wash
cartridge, as described in relation to .
The second ?ltration module 1010, for example, may be part of a dual
Bation module such as the ?ltration module 750 described in relation to FIGs. 7B and
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
7C. In a particular example, the second ?ltration module 1010 may be maintained at
40 C during the washing and eluting process while transferring cell materials between
an elution vial and the second ion module 1010. The output of this ?ltration
process, in a ular example, is deposited in a vial or tube to await r
processing, e.g., transfer to a transformation module. The Vial or tube may be
maintained in a storage unit at a ature of 4 ° C.
The ?rst stage of processing may take place during a single day. In an
illustrative embodiment, the ?rst stage of processing is estimated to take under 19 hours
to complete (e.g., about 18.7 hours). At this point in the work?ow 1000, in some
entations, new materials are manually added to the automated multi-module cell
processing instrument. For e, a new reagent cartridge may be added. r, a
new wash cartridge, replacement ?lters, and/or replacement pipette tips may be added
to the automated multi-module cell processing instrument at this point. Further, in some
embodiments, the ?lter module may undergo a cleaning process and/or the solid and
liquid waste units may be emptied in preparation for the next round of processing. In
yet other embodiments, the reagent cartridges may provide reagents for two or more
cycles of g.
In some implementations, the second round of editing involves the same
modules 1002, 104, 1006, 1008, and 1010, the same processing steps 1018, 1020, 1022,
1024, 1026, 1028, and 1030, and the same temperature and time ranges as the ?rst
processing stage described above. For example, the second oligo library 1014b and the
second ngNA backbone 1016b may be used to edit the transformed cells in much the
same manner as described above. Although rated as a two-stage process, in other
embodiments, up to two, four, six, eight, or more recursions may be conducted to
ue to edit the same cell stock 1012.
In other implementations, turning to B, a work?ow 1040
involves the same modules 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, and 1010 as well as the same
processing steps 1018, 1020, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1028, and 1030 for the ?rst stage of
process. However, unlike the ow 1000 of A, a second stage of the
w 1040 of B es a curing steps. “Curing” is a process in which a
vector—for example the editing vector used in the prior round of editing, the “engine”
vector comprising the expression sequence for the nuclease, or both—are eliminated
from the transformed cells. Curing can be accomplished by, e.g., cleaving the editing
?tor using a curing plasmid thereby rendering the editing and/or engine vector
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
nonfunctional (exempli?ed in the work?ow of b); diluting the vector in the cell
population via cell growth (that is, the more growth cycles the cells go h, the
fewer daughter cells will retain the editing or engine vector(s)) (not shown), or by, e.g.,
utilizing a ensitive origin of replication on the g or engine vector (not
shown). In one example, a “curing d” may be contained within the reagent
cartridge of the automated instrument, or added ly to the instrument prior to the
second stage of processing. As with the work?ow 1000, in some embodiments, the
work?ow 1040 is performed based upon a script executed by a processing system of
the automated multi-module cell sing instrument, such as the processing system
1310 of . The script, in a ?rst example, may be accessed via a machine-readable
marker or tag added to the ?rst cartridge. In some embodiments, each processing stage
is performed using a separate script. For example, each cartridge may include an
indication of a script or a script itself for processing the contents of the cartridge. In this
manner, for example, the second stage, involving the curing cartridge, may be
performed using a script designed for the gs (e.g., temperatures, times, al
quantities, etc.) riate for curing. The conditions for curing will depend on the
mechanism used for curing, that is, in this example, how the curing plasmid cleaves the
editing and/or engine plasmid.
In some implementations, the second stage of the work?ow 1040 begins
by ing ?rst-edited cells from the first stage of the work?ow 1040 at the ?rst
growth module 1002. For example, the ?rst-edited cells may have been edited using a
cell stock 1042, an oligo library 1044, and an ngNA backbone 1046 through applying
the steps 1018, 1020, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1028, and 1030 as described in relation to the
work?ow 1000 of A. The ?rst-edited cell stock 1042, for example, may be
transferred to the ?rst growth module 1002 by a robotic handling system. In one
example, a robotic ng system adds a vial of the ?rst-edited cell stock 1042 to a
rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002. In another example, the robotic
handling system pipettes ?rst-edited cell stock 1042 from a receptacle of a storage unit
and adds the cell stock 1042 to the rotating growth vial. The cells may have been
maintained at a temperature of 40 C at this point.
In some implementations, the ?rst-edited cells are inoculated, grown,
and monitored in the ?rst growth module 1002 (1018d). In a particular example, an
aliquot of the ?rst-edited cell stock 1042 may be transferred to a rotating growth vial
?taining, e.g., 20 mL of growth medium at a temperature of 30° C to an OD of 0.50.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
The cell stock 1042 added to the ?rst growth module 1002 may be monitored over time
until 0.50 OD is sensed via the automated monitoring. Monitoring may be periodic or
uous. This may take, for example, around 900 minutes (estimated), although the
exact time depends upon detection of the desired OD.
In some implementations, after growing to the desired OD, an inducer
is added to the ?rst growth module 1002 for inducing the cells. In a particular example,
100 pl of inducer may be added, and the growth module 1002 may bring the
temperature of the mixture up to 42° C and hold for 15 minutes.
The ?rst-edited cell stock 1042, after growth and induction, is
transferred to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004, in some implementations, for rendering
the ?rst-edited cells electrocompetent (1020d). In one example, a robotic handling
system moves the vial of the ?rst-edited cell stock 1042 from the rotating growth vial
of the ?rst growth module 1002 to a vial holder of the ?rst ?ltration module 1004. In
r e, the robotic handling system pipettes dited cell stock 1042 from
the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002 and delivers it to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004. For example, the able pipetting tip used to transfer the
?rst-edited cell stock 1042 to the ?rst growth module 1002 may be used to transfer the
cell stock 1042 from the ?rst growth module 1002 to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004.
In some embodiments, prior to transferring the cell stock 1042 from the ?rst growth
module 1002 to the ?rst ion module 1004, the ?rst growth module 1002 is cooled
to 4 ”C so that the cell stock 1042 is similarly reduced to this ature. In a particular
example, the temperature of the ?rst growth module 1002 may be reduced to about 4
°C over the span of about 8 minutes, and the growth module 1002 may hold the
temperature at 4 0C for about 15 minutes to ensure reduction in temperature of the cell
stock 1012.
Prior to transferring the ?rst-edited cell stock 1042 to the ?ltration
module, in some implementations a ?lter of the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is pre-
washed using a wash solution. The wash solution, for example, may be supplied in a
wash cartridge, such as the cartridge 1006 described in on to . The ?rst
?ltration module 1004, for example, may be ?uidly connected to the wash solution of
the wash cartridge, as described in relation to .
The ?rst ?ltration module 1004, for e, may be part of a dual
?ltration module such as the ?ltration module 750 described in relation to FIGs. 7B and
a In a particular example, the ?rst ion module 1004 may be maintained at 40 C
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
during the washing and g process while erring cell materials between an
elution vial and the ?rst ion module 1004.
] In some implementations, upon rendering the ?rst-edited cells
electrocompetent at the ?ltration module 1004 (1020d), the ?rst—edited cell stock 1042
is transferred to a transformation module 1006 (e.g., ?ow-through electroporation
module) for transformation. In one example, a robotic handling system moves the vial
of the cell stock 1042 from the vial holder of the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 to a
reservoir of the rough electroporation module 1006. In another example, the
robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1042 from the ?rst ?ltration module 1002
or a temporary reservoir and delivers it to the ?rst ion module 1004. In a particular
example, 400 pl of the concentrated cell stock 1042 from the ?rst ?ltration module
1004 is transferred to a mixing reservoir prior to transfer to the transformation module
1006. For example, the cell stock 1042 may be transferred to a reservoir in a cartridge
for mixing with a curing plasmid 1050, then mixed and transferred by the robotic
handling system using a pipette tip. In a particular example, the transformation module
1006 is maintained at 4 °C. The cell stock 1042 may be transformed, in an illustrative
e, in about four minutes.
The transformed cell stock 1042, in some implementations, is
transferred to the second growth module 1008 for recovery/curing (1028d). In a
particular example 20ml of transformed cells undergo a recovery process in the second
growth module 1008 at a temperature of 30 0C. The transformed cells, for e,
may be maintained in the second growth module 1008 for about an hour for recovery.
If another round of editing is desired, the ?rst editing plasmid or vector is cured. If
another round of editing is not desired, the ?rst editing d and the engine plasmid
may be cured.
After recovery and , the cells may be ready for either another
round of editing or for storage to be used in further research outside the automated cell
processing instrument. For example, a portion of the cells may be transferred to a
storage unit as cell library output, while another portion of the cells may be prepared
for a second round of editing.
In some implementations, in preparation for a second round of editing,
the transformed cells are erred to the second ?ltration module 1010 for media
exchange and ?ltering (1030d) containing glycerol for rendering the cells
atrocompetent. Prior to transferring the transformed cell stock, in some
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
implementations, a ?lter of the second ?ltration module 1004 is pre-washed using a
wash solution. The wash solution, for example, may be supplied in a wash dge,
such as the dge 1006 described in relation to . The second ion
module 1010, for example, may be ?uidly connected to the wash solution of the wash
cartridge, as described in relation to .
The second ?ltration module 1010, for example, may be part of a dual
?ltration module such as the ?ltration module 750 described in relation to FIGs. 7B and
7C. In a particular example, the second ?ltration module 1010 may be maintained at
4° C during the washing and eluting process while transferring cell als between
an elution vial and the second ?ltration module 1010. The output of this ?ltration
s, in a particular example, are electrocompetent cells ted in a vial or tube
to await further processing. The vial or tube may be maintained in a storage unit at a
temperature of 4 ° C.
Turning to C, a ?ow diagram illustrates ayeast w 1060
involving two stages of processing having identical processing steps, resulting in two
edits to a cell stock 1062. Each stage may operate based upon a different cartridge of
source als. For example, a ?rst cartridge may include a ?rst oligo library 1070a
and a ?rst ngNA back bone 1072a. A second cartridge, introduced into the automated
multi-module cell processing instrument between processing stages or prior to
processing but in a different on than the ?rst cartridge, may include a second oligo
library 1070b and a second ngNA back bone 1072b. Each cartridge may be considered
as a “library cartridge” for building a y of edited cells. Alternatively, a user may
add a container (e.g., vial or tube of the cell stock 1062a to each of the purchased
cartridges included in a yeast cell kit.
The work?ow 1060, in some embodiments, is performed based upon a
script executed by a processing system of the automated multi-module cell sing
system, such as the processing system 1310 of . The script, in a ?rst example,
may be accessed via a machine-readable marker or tag added to the ?rst dge. In
some embodiments, each sing stage is performed using a separate script. For
example, each cartridge may include an indication of a script or a script itself for
processing the contents of the cartridge.
In some implementations, the ?rst stage begins with introducing the cell
stock 1062 into the ?rst growth module 1002 for inoculation, growth, and monitoring
?l8e). In one example, a robotic handling system adds a vial of the cell stock 1062
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
to a rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002. In another example, the
robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1062 from the ?rst cartridge and adds the
cell stock 1062 to the rotating growth vial. The cells may have been maintained at a
ature of 4° C at this point. In a particular e, 20 ml of cell stock may be
grown within a rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002 at a ature
of 30" C to an OD of 0.75. The cell stock 1012 added to the ?rst growth module 1002
may be tically monitored over time within the growth module 1002 until 0.75
OD is sensed via the automated monitoring. Monitoring may be periodic or continuous.
In some implementations, an inducible expression system may be used.
Thus, after growing to the desired OD, an inducer is added to the ?rst growth module
1002 for inducing the cells. The inducer could be a small molecule or a media ge
to a medium with a different sugar like galactose,
The cell stock 1062, after growth and induction, is transferred to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004, in some implementations, for exchanging media (1064a). In
one example, a robotic handling system moves the vial of the cell stock 1062 from the
rotating growth vial ofthe ?rst growth module 1002 to a vial holder of the ?rst ion
module 1004. In another example, the robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1062
from the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002 and rs it to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004. For example, the disposable pipetting tip used to transfer the
cell stock 1062a to the ?rst growth module 1002 may be used to transfer the cell stock
1062 from the ?rst growth module 1002 to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004. In some
ments, prior to transferring the cell stock 1062 from the ?rst growth module
1002 to the ?rst ?ltration module 1004, the ?rst growth module 1002 is cooled to 4 0C
so that the cell stock 1062 is similarly reduced to this temperature. In a particular
example, the temperature of the ?rst growth module 1002 may be reduced to about 4
0C over the span of about 8 minutes, and the growth module 1002 may hold the
temperature at 4 °C for about 15 minutes to ensure reduction in temperature of the cell
stock 1062. During media exchange, in an rative example, 0.4 ml of 1M sorbitol
may be added to the cell stock 1062.
Prior to transferring the cell stock 1062, in some implementations, a
?lter of the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is pre-washed using a wash solution. The wash
solution, for example, may be supplied in a wash cartridge, such as the cartridge 1006
described in relation to . The ?rst ?ltration module 1004, for example, may be
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
?uidly connected to the wash solution of the wash dge, as described in relation to
FIG, 7A.
The ?rst ?ltration module 1004, for example, may be part of a dual
?ltration module such as the ?ltration module 750 described in relation to FIGS. 7B and
7C. In a particular example, the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 may be maintained at 4° C
during the washing and g s while transferring cell materials n an
elution vial and the ?rst ?ltration module 1004.
After the media exchange operation, in some implementations, the cell
stock 1062 is transferred back to the ?rst growth module 1002 for conditioning (1066a).
In one example, a robotic handling system moves the vial of the cell stock 1062 from
the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 to the ?rst growth module 1002. In another example,
the robotic handling system es cell stock 1062 from the ?rst ?ltration module
1004 and delivers it to the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002. During
conditioning, for example, 5 ml DTT/LIAc and 80mM of Sorbitol may be added to the
cell stock 1062. For example, the robotic handling system may transfer the DTT/LIAc
and Sorbitol, individually or concurrently, to the ?rst growth module 1002. The cell
stock 1062 may be mixed with the DTT/LIAc and Sorbitol, for example, via the rotation
of the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002. During conditioning, the
cell stock 1062 may be maintained at a temperature of 4° C.
] In some implementations, after conditioning, the cell stock 1062 is
transferred to the ?rst ion module 1004 for washing and preparing the cells
(1068). For example, the cells may be rendered electrocompetent at this step. In one
example, a robotic handling system moves the Vial of the cell stock 1062 from the
rotating growth vial ofthe ?rst growth module 1002 to a vial holder of the ?rst ion
module 1004. In another example, the robotic handling system es cell stock 1062
from the rotating growth vial of the ?rst growth module 1002 and delivers it to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004.
Prior to transferring the cell stock, in some implementations, a ?lter of
the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is pre-washed using a wash solution. The wash solution,
for example, may be supplied in a wash cartridge, such as the cartridge 1006 described
in relation to . The ?rst ?ltration module 1004, for example, may be ?uidly
ted to the wash solution of the wash cartridge, as described in relation to . In other embodiments, the same ?lter is used for ing electrocompetent as
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
the ?lter used for media exchange at step 1064a. In some embodiments, 1M sorbitol is
used to render the yeast cells ocompetent.
] In some implementations, upon rendering electrocompetent at the
?ltration module 1004, the cell stock 1062 is transferred to a transformation module
1006 (e.g., ?ow-through electroporation module) for transformation. In one example,
a robotic handling system moves the vial of the cell stock 1062 from the vial holder of
the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 to a reservoir of the ?ow-through electroporation
module 1006. In another example, the robotic handling system pipettes cell stock 1062
from the ?ltration module 1004 or a temporary reservoir and delivers it to the ?rst
?ltration module 1004. In a particular example, 400 pl of the concentrated cell stock
1062 from the ?rst ?ltration module 1004 is transferred to a mixing reservoir prior to
transfer to the transformation module 1006. For e, the cell stock 1062 may be
transferred to a oir in a cartridge for mixing with the nucleic acid components
(backbone and editing ucleotide), then mixed and transferred by the robotic
handling system using a pipette tip. Because the backbone (vector) and editing
oligonucleotide are assembled in the cells (in viva), a nucleic acid assembly module is
not a necessary component for yeast editing. In a particular example, the
transformation module is maintained at 4 0C.
In some entations, the nucleic acids to be assembled and the cell
stock 1062 is added to the ?ow-through electroporation module 1006 and the cell stock
1062 is transformed (1026e). The robotic handling system, for example, may transfer
the mixture of the cell stock 1062e and nucleic acid assembly to the ?ow-through
electroporati on module 1006 from a mixing reservoir, e.g., using a pipette tip or through
transferring a vial or tube. In some embodiments, a built-in ?ow-through
electroporation module such as the ?ow-through electroporation modules 500 of is used to transform the cell stock 1062e. In other embodiments, a cartridge—based
electroporation module such as the ?ow-through electroporation module 530 of is used to transform the cell stock 1062e. The electroporation module 1006, for
example, may be held at a ature of 4 ”C.
The transformed cell stock 1062e, in some entations, is
transferred to the second growth module 1008 for recovery (1028a). In a particular
example, 20ml of transformed cells undergo a recovery process in the second growth
module 1008.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some implementations, a selective , e. g. an auxotrophic
growth medium or a medium containing a drug, is transferred to the second growth vial
(not illustrated), and the cells are left to incubate for a r period of time in a
selection process. In an illustrative example, an antibiotic may be transferred to the
second growth vial, and the cells may incubate for an additional two hours at a
temperature of 30 0C.
After recovery, the cells may be ready for either another round of editing
or for storage in a cell library. For e, a n of the cells may be transferred
to a storage unit as cell library output (1076a), while another portion of the cells may
be prepared for a second round of editing ). The cells may be , for example,
at a temperature of 4 °C.
In some implementations, in preparation for a second round of editing,
the transformed cells are transferred to the second ?ltration module 1010 for media
exchange (1078a). Prior to transferring the transformed cell stock 1062a, in some
entations, a ?lter of the second ?ltration module 1004 is pre-washed using a
wash solution. The wash solution, for example, may be supplied in a wash cartridge,
such as the dge 1006 described in relation to . The second ?ltration
module 1010, for example, may be ?uidly connected to the wash solution of the wash
cartridge, as described in relation to ,
The second ?ltration module 1010, for example, may be part of a dual
?ltration module such as the ?ltration module 750 bed in relation to FIGs. 7B and
7C. In a particular example, the second ?ltration module 1010 may be maintained at
4° C during the washing and eluting process while transferring cell materials between
an elution vial and the second ?ltration module 1010.
In some implementations during the ?ltration process, an enzymatic
preparation is added to lyse the cell walls of the cell stock 1062a. For example, ayeast
lytic enzyme such as se® may be added to lyse the cell walls. The yeast lytic
enzyme, in a particular example, may be incubated in the cell stock 1026a for between
-60 s at a temperature of 30 °C. The output of this ?ltration process, in a
particular example, is deposited in a vial or tube to await further processing. The vial
° C.
or tube may be maintained in a storage unit at a temperature of 4
The ?rst stage of processing may take place during a single day, At this
point of the work?ow 1060, in some implementations, new materials are ly
?ed to the automated multi-module cell processing instrument. For example, new cell
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
stock 1062b and a new t cartridge may be added. Further, a new wash cartridge,
replacement , and/or replacement e tips may be added to the ted
multi-module cell processing system at this point. Further, in some embodiments, the
?lter module may undergo a cleaning process and/or the solid and liquid waste units
may be emptied in preparation for the next round of processing.
In some implementations, the second round of editing involves the same
modules 1002, 104, 1006, 1008, and 1010, the same processing steps 1018, 1064, 1066,
1026, 1028, and 1076 and/or 1078, and the same conditions (e.g., temperatures, time
ranges, etc.) as the ?rst processing stage described above. For example, the second
oligo library 1070b and the second ngNA backbone 1072b may be used to edit a
combination of the transformed cells in much the same manner as described above.
Although illustrated as a two—stage process, in other embodiments, up to two, three,
four, six, eight, or more recursions may be conducted to continue to edit the cell stock
1062.
Examgle I: Fally-Automated Singleglex RGN-directed EditingRun
Singleplex automated c editing using MAD7 nuclease was
successfully performed with an automated module instrument of the disclosure.
See US Patent No. 9,982,279.
An ampR plasmid backbone and a lacZ_F172* editing cassette were
assembled via Gibson Assembly® into an "editing vector" in an isothermal nucleic acid
assembly module included in the automated instrument. lacZ_F172 functionally knocks
out the lacZ gene "lacZ_F172*" indicates that the edit happens at the l72nd residue
in the lacZ amino acid sequence. Following assembly, the product was de-salted in the
isothermal nucleic acid assembly module using AMPure beads, washed with 80%
l, and eluted in buffer. The assembled editing vector and recombineering-ready,
electrocompetent E. Coli cells were transferred into a transformation module for
electroporation. The transformation module comprised an ADP-EPC cuvette. See, e. g.,
US Pat No. 069. The cells and nucleic acids were combined and allowed to mix
for 1 minute, and electroporation was performed for 30 seconds. The parameters for
the poring pulse were: voltage, 2400 V; length, 5 ms, interval, 50 ms, number of pulses,
1, polarity, +. The paramters for the transfer pulses were: Voltage, 150 V, length, 50
ms, interval, 50 ms, number of , 20, polarity, +/-. ing electroporation, the
85 were erred to a recovery module er growth ), and allowed to
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
recover in SOC medium containing chloramphenicol. Carbenicillin was added to the
medium after 1 hour, and the cells were allowed to recover for r 2 hours. After
recovery, the cells were held at 4°C until recovered by the user.
After the automated process and recovery, an aliquot of cells was plated
on key agar base supplemented with lactose (as the sugar substrate),
chloramphenicol and carbenicillin and grown until colonies appeared. White colonies
represented functionally edited cells, purple colonies represented un-edited cells. All
liquid transfers were performed by the automated liquid handling device of the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
The result of the automated processing was that approximately 1.0E'03
total cells were transformed (comparable to conventional benchtop results), and the
editing ency was 83.5%. The lacZ_l72 edit in the white colonies was confirmed
by sequencing of the edited region of the genome of the cells. Further, steps of the
automated cell processing were observed remotely by webcam and text messages were
sent to update the status of the automated processing procedure.
e II: Fally-Automated Recursive Editing Run
] Recursive editing was successfully achieved using the automated multi-
module cell processing system. An ampR plasmid backbone and a lacZ_V10* editing
cassette were assembled via Gibson Assembly® into an "editing vector" in an
rmal nucleic acid assembly module included in the ted system. Similar to
the lacZ_F172 edit, the lacZ_VlO edit onally knocks out the lacZ "
gene.
lO" indicates that the edit happens at amino acid position 10 in the lacZ amino
acid sequence. Following assembly, the product was de-salted in the isothermal nucleic
acid assembly module using AMPure beads, washed with 80% ethanol, and eluted in
buffer. The first assembled editing vector and the ineering—ready
electrocompetent E. Coli cells were erred into a ormation module for
electroporation. The ormation module comprised an ADP-EPC cuvette. The cells
and nucleic acids were ed and allowed to mix for 1 minute, and electroporation
was performed for 30 seconds. The parameters for the poring pulse were: voltage, 2400
V, length, 5 ms, interval, 50 ms, number of pulses, 1; polarity, +. The parameters for
the transfer pulses were: Voltage, 150 V, length, 50 ms, interval, 50 ms, number of
pulses, 20, polarity, +/-. Following electroporation, the cells were transferred to a
Every module (another growth module) allowed to recover in SOC medium
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
containing chloramphenicol. Carbenicillin was added to the medium after 1 hour, and
the cells were grown for another 2 hours. The cells were then transferred to a fuge
module and a media exchange was then performed. Cells were resuspended in TB
ning chloramphenicol and carbenicillin where the cells were grown to OD600 of
2.7, then concentrated and rendered electrocompetent.
During cell growth, a second editing vector was prepared in the
isothermal nucleic acid assembly . The second editing vector sed a
kanamycin resistance gene, and the editing cassette comprised a galK Y145* edit. If
successful, the galK Y145* edit confers on the cells the ability to uptake and metabolize
galactose. The edit generated by the galK Y154* cassette introduces a stop codon at
the 154th amino acid reside, changing the tyrosine amino acid to a stop codon. This
edit makes the galK gene product non—functional and inhibits the cells from being able
to metabolize galactose. Following assembly, the second editing vector product was
de-salted in the isothermal nucleic acid assembly module using AMPure beads, washed
with 80% ethanol, and eluted in buffer. The assembled second editing vector and the
electrocompetent E. Coli cells (that were transformed with and selected for the ?rst
editing vector) were transferred into a transformation module for electroporation, using
the same ters as detailed above. Following oporation, the cells were
transferred to a recovery module (another growth module), allowed to recover in SOC
medium containing carbenicillin. After recovery, the cells were held at 4°C until
retrieved, after which an aliquot of cells were plated on LB agar supplemented with
chloramphenicol, and kanamycin. To quantify both lacZ and galK edits, replica patch
plates were generated on two media types: 1) MacConkey agar base supplemented with
lactose (as the sugar substrate), chloramphenicol, and kanamycin, and 2) MacConkey
agar base supplemented with galactose (as the sugar substrate), chloramphenicol, and
kanamycin. All liquid ers were performed by the automated liquid handling
device of the automated module cell processing system.
In this recursive editing experiment, 41% of the colonies screened had
both the lacZ and galK edits, the results of which were comparable to the double editing
efficiencies ed using a "benchtop" or manual ch.
Alternative Embodiments ofInstrument Architecture
FIGs. 12A and 12B rate example alternative embodiments of
Hmated multi-module cell editing instruments for performing automated cell
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
processing, e. g, editing in multiple cells in a single iycle. The automated multi-module
cell editing instruments, for example, may be desktop ment s ed for use
within a laboratory environment. The automated multi-module cell editing instruments
may incorporate a mixture of reusable and disposable ts for performing various
staged operations in conducting automated genome cleavage and/or editing in cells.
FIG‘12A is a block diagram of a first example instrument 1200 for
ming automated cell processing, e. g., editing in multiple cells in a single cycle
ing to one embodiment of the disclosure. In some implementations, the
instrument 1200 includes a deck 1202, a reagent supply receptacle 1204 for introducing
DNA sample components to the instrument 1200, a cell supply receptacle 1206 for
introducing cells to the instrument 1200, and a robot handling system 1208 for moving
materials between s (for example, modules 1210a, 1210b, 1210c, 1210d)
receptacles (for e, receptacles 1204 1206, 1212, 1222, 1224, and 1226), and
storage units (e. g., units 1216, 1218, 1228, and 1214) ofthe instrument 1200 to perform
the automated cell processing, Upon completion of processing of the cell supply 1206,
in some embodiments, cell output 1212 may be transferred by the robot handling system
1208 to a e unit 1214 for ary storage and later retrieval.
The robotic handling system 1208, for example, may include an air
cement pump to transfer liquids from the various material sources to the various
modules 1210 and storage unit 1214. In other embodiments, the robotic handling
system 1208 may include a pick and place head to transfer containers of source
materials (e.g., tubes) from a supply cartridge (not rated, discussed in relation to
) to the various modules 1210. In some embodiments, one or more cameras or
other optical sensors (not shown), confirm proper gantry movement and position.
In some embodiments, the robotic handling system 1208 uses disposable
transfer tips provided in a transfer tip supply 1216 to transfer source materials, reagent
1204 (eg., nucleic acid assembly), and cells 1206 within the instrument 1200. Used
transfer tips 1216, for example, may be discarded in a solid waste unit 1218. In some
implementations, the solid waste unit 1218 contains a kicker to remove tubes from the
pick and place head of robotic handling system 1208.
In some embodiments, the instrument 1200 includes electroporator
cuvettes with s that connect to an air cement pump. In some
entations, cells 1206 and reagent 1204 are aspirated into the electroporation
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
cuvette through a sipper, and the cuvette is moved to one or more modules 1210 of the
instrument 1200.
In some implementations, the instrument 1200 is controlled by a
processing system 1220 such as the sing system 1310 of . The sing
system 1220 may be con?gured to operate the instrument 100 based on user input. The
processing system 1220 may control the timing, duration, temperature and other
operations of the various modules 1210 of the instrument 1200. The processing system
1220 may be connected to a power source (not shown) for the operation of the
instrument 1200.
In some embodiments, instrument 1200 includes a transformation
module 1210c for introduction of, e. g., in the context of editing, nucleic acid(s) into the
cells 1206. For example, the robotic handling system 1208 may transfer the reagent
1204 and cells 1206 to the ormation module 1210c. The transformation module
1210 may conduct any cell transformation or transfection techniques routinely used by
those of skill in the arts of transfection, ormation and micro?uidics.
Transformation is intended to include to a variety of cognized techniques for
introducing an exogenous nucleic acid sequence (e. g, DNA) into atarget cell, including
those transformation and transfection techniques. Such methods include, but are not
limited to, electroporation, lipofection, optoporation, injection, microprecipitation,
iniei'oinjection, liposomes, le bombardment, sonopi‘iratioii, ndneed
pointion, bead ection, calcium phosphate or calcium chloride cipitation, or
extran-mediated transfection. Transformation can take place in microfuge
tubes, test tubes, cuvettes, multi-well plates, micro?bers, or ?ow ment 5. The
processing system 1220 may control temperature and operation of the transformation
module 12100. In some implementations, the processing system 1270 s operation
of the transformation module 1210c according to one or more variable controls set by
a user.
In some implementations, the transformation module 1210c is
con?gured to e cells for vector uptake by increasing cell competence with a
pretreatment solution, 1222, e.g., a sucrose or glycerol wash. Additionally, hybrid
techniques that exploit the capabilities of mechanical and chemical transl‘ectioii
methods. can he its-ed, eg magnetofection, a transfectioti meltodology that combines
chemical transfection with. mechanical method»; In r example, cationic lipids
a be deployed in combination with gene guns or electroporators, Suitable materials
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
and methods for transforming or transfecting target cells can be found, e.g., in Green
and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th, ed, Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 2014), and other tory manuals.
Following ormation, in some implementations, the cells may be
transferred to a recovery module 1210d. In some embodiments, the recovery module
1210d is a combination recovery and induction of editing module. In the recovery
module 1210d, the cells may be allowed to recover, express the nucleic acids and, in an
inducible nuclease system, a nuclease is introduced to the cells, e.g., by means of
temporally-controlled induction such as, in some es, chemical, light, viral, or
temperature induction or the introduction of an inducer molecule 1224 for expression
of the nuclease.
Following editing, in some implementations, the cells are transferred to
the storage unit 1214, where the cells can be stored as cell output 1212 until the cells
are removed for further study or retrieval of an edited cell population, e.g., an edited
cell library.
] In some implementations the instrument 1200 is designed for recursive
genome editing, where multiple edits are sequentially uced into genomes inside
the cells of a cell population. In some implementations, the reagent supply 1204 is
replenished prior to accessing cell output 1212 from the storage unit for recursive
processing. In other implementations, multiple reagent supplies 1204 and/or large
s thereof may be introduced into the instrument 1200 such that user ction
is not necessarily required prior to a subsequent processing cycle.
] A portion of a cell output 1212a, in some embodiments, is transferred to
an automated cell growth module 1210a. For example, all of the cell output 1212a may
be transferred, or a only an t may be transferred such that the instrument retains
incrementally modified samples. The cell growth module 1210a, in some
implementations, measures the OD of the cells during growth to ensure they are at a
desired concentration prior to induction of editing. Other measures of cell density and
physiological state that can be used include but are not limited to, pH, dissolved oxygen,
released enzymes, acoustic properties, and electrical properties.
] To reduce the background of cells that have not received a genome edit,
in some ments, the growth module 1210a performs a ion process to enrich
for the edited cells using a selective growth medium 1226. For example, the introduced
?leic acid can include a gene that confers antibiotic resistance or another selectable
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
marker. In some implementations, multiple selective genes or markers 1226 may be
introduced into the cells during recursive editing. For e, alternating the
introduction of able markers for sequential rounds of editing can eliminate the
background of unedited cells and allow multiple cycles of the instrument 1200 to select
for cells having sequential genome edits. Suitable antibiotic resistance genes include,
but are not limited to, genes such as ampicillin—resistance gene, tetracycline-resistance
gene, kanamycin-resistance gene, neomycin-resistance gene, canavanine-resistance
gene, blasticidin-resistance gene, hygromycin-resistance gene, puromycin-resistance
gene, nd chloramphenicol-resistance gene.
] From the growth module 1210a, the cells may be transferred to a
ion module 110b, The ?ltration module 1210b or, alternatively, a cell wash and
concentration module, may enable media ge. In some embodiments, removing
dead cell background is aided using lytic enhancers such as detergents, c ,
temperature, enzymes, proteases, bacteriophage, reducing agents, or opes. In
other embodiments, cell removal and/or media exchange is used to reduce dead cell
background. Waste product from the ?ltration module 1210b, in some embodiments, is
collected in a liquid waste unit 1228.
After ion, the cells may be presented to the transformation module
1210c, and then to the recovery module 1210d and ?nally to the storage unit 1214 as
detailed above.
Turning to B, similar to A, a second example ment
1240 for performing automated genome cleavage and/or editing in multiple cells in a
single cycle includes the deck 1202, the reagent supply receptacle 1204 for introducing
one or more nucleic acid components to the instrument 1240, the cell supply receptacle
1206 for introducing cells to the ment 1240, and the robot handling system 1208
for moving materials between modules (for example, modules 1210a, 1210b, 1210c,
1210f 1210g, 1210m, and 1210h), receptacles (for example, receptacles 1204 1206,
1212, 1214, 1224, 1242, 1244, and 1246), and storage units (e.g., units 1214, 1216,
1218, and 1228) ofthe ment 1240 to perform the automated cell processing. Upon
completion of processing of the cell supply 1206, in some embodiments, cell output
1212 may be transferred by the robot handling system 1208 to the storage unit 1214 for
temporary storage and later retrieval.
In some embodiments, the robotic handling system 1208 uses disposable
asfer tips provided in the transfer tip supply 1216 to transfer source materials, a
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
vector backbone 1242, editing oligos 1244, reagenst 1204 (e.g., for c acid
assembly, nucleic acid puri?cation, to render cells electrocompetent, etc), and cells
1206 within the instrument 1240, as described in relation to A.
In other embodiments, the instrument 1240 includes electroporator
cuvettes with s that t to an air displacement pump. In some
implementations, the cells 1206 and the reagent 1204 are aspirated into the
electroporation cuvette through a sipper, and the cuvette is moved to one or more
modules 1210 of the instrument 1240.
As described in relation to A, in some implementations, the
instrument 1240 is controlled by the processing system 1220 such as the processing
system 1310 of .
The instrument 1240, in some embodiments, includes a nucleic acid
assembly module 1210g, and in certain example automated multi-module cell
processing instruments, the nucleic acid ly module 1210g may e in some
embodiments an isothermal nucleic acid assembly. As described above, the isothermal
nucleic acid assembly module is con?gured to perform the Gibson Assembly®
molecular cloning method.
In some embodiments, after assembly of the nucleic acids, the nucleic
acids (e. g, in the example of an isothermal nucleic acid assembly, the isothermal
nucleic acid assembly mix (nucleic acids + isothermal nucleic acid assembly reagents)
are transferred to a ation module 1210h. Here, unwanted components of the
c acid assembly mixture are d (e.g., salts, minerals) and, in certain
embodiments, the assembled nucleic acids are concentrated. For example, in an
rative embodiment, in the puri?cation module 1210h, the isothermal nucleic acid
assembly mix may be combined with a t buffer and magnetic beads, such as Solid
Phase Reversible Immobilization (SPRI) magnetic beads or AMPure beads. The
isothermal nucleic. acid assembly mix may be incubated for suf?cient time (e.g,, 30
seconds to 10 minutes) for the assembled nucleic acids to bind to the magnetic beads.
In some embodiments, the puri?cation module includes a magnet con?gured to engage
the magnetic beads. The magnet may be engaged so that the supernatant may be
removed from the bound assembled c acids and so that the bound assembled
c acids can be washed with, e.g., 80% ethanol. Again, the magnet may be
engaged and the 80% ethanol wash solution removed. The magnetic bead/assembled
?leic acids may be allowed to dry, then the assembled nucleic acids may be eluted
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
and the magnet may again be engaged, this time to sequester the beads and to remove
the supernatant that contains the eluted assembled nucleic acids. The assembled nucleic
acids may then be erred to the transformation module (e.g., electroporator in a
preferred embodiment). The ormation module may already contain the
electrocompetent cells upon transfer.
In some embodiments, instrument 1240 includes the transformation
module 1210c for introduction of the nucleic acid(s) into the cells 1206, as described in
relation to A. However, in this circumstance, the assembled nucleic acids 1204,
output from the puri?cation module 1210h, are erred to the transformation
module 1210c for combination with the cells 1206.
Following transformation in the transformation module 1210c, in some
implementations, the cells may be transferred to a recovery module 1210m. In the
recovery module 1210e, the cells may be allowed to r, express the c acids,
and, in an ble nuclease system, the nuclease is induced, e.g., by means of
ally-controlled induction such as, in some es, chemical, light, viral, or
temperature induction or the uction of the inducer molecule for expression of the
nuclease.
Following recovery, in some implementations, the cells are transferred
to an editing module 1210f The editing module 1210f supplies appropriate conditions
to induce editing of the cells’ genomes, e.g., through expression of the introduced
c acids and the induction of an inducible nuclease. The cells may include an
inducible nuclease. The nuclease may be, in some examples, chemically induced,
biologically induced (e.g., via inducible promoter) virally induced, light induced,
ature induced, and/or heat induced within the editing module 1210f
Following editing, in some implementations, the cells are transferred to
the storage unit 1214 as described in relation to A.
] In some implementations, the instrument 1240 is designed for recursive
genome editing, where multiple edits are sequentially introduced into genomes inside
the cells of a cell population. In some implementations, the reagent supply 1204 is
replenished prior to accessing cell output 1212 from the storage unit for recursive
processing. For example, additional vector backbone 1242 and/or editing oligos 1244
may be introduced into the instrument 1240 for assembly and preparation via the
nucleic acid assembly module 1210g and the ation module 1210h. In other
Elementations, multiple vector backbone volumes 1242 and/or editing oligos 1244
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
may be introduced into the instrument 140 such that user interaction is not necessarily
ed prior to a subsequent processing cycle. For each subsequent cycle, the vector
backbone 1242 and/or editing oligos 1244 may change. Upon ation ofthe nucleic
acid assembly, the nucleic acid assembly may be ed in the reagent supply 1204
or another storage region.
A portion of a cell output 1212a, in some embodiments, is transferred
to the automated cell growth module 1210a, as discussed in relation to A.
To reduce background of cells that have not received a genome edit, in
some embodiments, the growth module 1210a performs a selection process to enrich
for the edited cells using a selective growth medium 1226, as discussed in relation to
A.
From the growth module 1210a, the cells may be transferred to the
?ltration module 1210b, as discussed in relation to A. As rated, eluant
from an eluting supply 1246 (e. g. buffer, glycerol) may be transferred into the ?ltration
module 1210b for media exchange.
After ?ltration, the cells may be presented to the transformation
module 1210c for transformation, and then to the recovery module 110m and the
editing module 1210f and ?nally to the e unit 1214 as detailed above.
In some embodiments, the automated multi-module cell processing
instruments ofFIGs. 12A and/or 12B contain one or more eable supply cartridges
and a robotic handling system, as discussed in relation to FIGs. 1A and 1B. Each
cartridge may n one or more of a nucleic acid ly mix, oligonucleotides,
vector, growth media, ion agent (e.g., antibiotics), inducing agent, nucleic acid
puri?cation reagents such as Solid Phase Reversible Immobilization (SPRI) beads,
ethanol, and 10% ol.
Although the example instruments 1200, 1240 are illustrated as
including a particular arrangement of modules 1210, these arrangements are for
illustrative purposes only. For example, in other embodiments, more or fewer modules
1210 may be included within each of the ments 1200, 1240. Also, different
modules may be included in the instrument, such as, e.g., a module that tates cell
fusion for providing, e.g., hybridomas, a module that es nucleic acids before
assembly, and/or a module that tates protein expression and/or secretion. Further,
certain modules 1210 may be replicated within certain embodiments, such as the
alicate cell growth modules 110a, 110b of . Each of the instruments 1200
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
and 1240, in another example, may be designed to accept a media cartridge such as the
cartridges 104 and 106 of . Further modi?cations are possible.
Control System [or on Automated Mufti-Module Cell sing Instrument
Turning to , a screen shot illustrates an example graphical user
interface (GUI) 1100 for interfacing with an automated multi-module cell processing
instrument. The interface, for example, may be presented on the y 236 of FIGs.
1C and 2D. In one example, the GUI 1100 may be presented by the processing system
1310 of on the touch screen 1316.
In some implementations, the GUI 1100 is divided into a number of
information and data entry panes, such as a protocol pane 1102, a ature pane
1106, an electroporation pane 1108, and a cell growth pane 1110. Further panes are
possible. For e, in some embodiments the GUI 1100 includes a pane for each
module, such as, in some examples, one or more of each of a nucleic acid assembly
module, a purification module, a cell growth module, a filtration module, a
transformation module, an editing module, and a recovery . The lower panes of
the GUI 1100, in some embodiments, represent modules applicable to the present work
?ow (e. g, as ed in the protocol pane 1102 or as designated within a script loaded
h a script interface (not illustrated)). In some embodiments, a scroll or paging
feature may allow the user to access additional panes not illustrated within the screen
shot of .
The GUI 1100, in some embodiments, includes a series of controls 1120
for accessing various screens such as the illustrated screen shot (e.g, through using a
home control 1120a). For example, through selecting an editing control 1120b, the user
may be provided the option to provide one, two or a series of cell processing steps.
Through selecting a script control 1120c, the user may be provided the opportunity to
add a new processing script or alter an existing processing script. The user in some
embodiments, may select a help control 1120d to obtain further ation regarding
the features of the GUI 1100 and the ted multi-module cell processing
instrument. In some implementations, the user selects a gs control 1120e to access
settings options for desired processes and/or the GUI 1100 such as, in some examples,
time zone, language, units, network access options,. A power control 1120f, when
selected, allows the user to power down the automated multi-module cell sing
?rmnent.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
Turning to the protocol pane 1102, in some implementations, a user
selects a protocol (e. g, script or work ?ow) for execution by the automated multi-
module cell processing instrument by entering the protocol in a ol entry ?eld
1112 (or, alternatively, drop-down menu). In other embodiments, the ol may be
selected through a separate user interface screen, ed for example by ing the
script l 1120b. In another example, the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument may select the protocol and present it in the protocol entry ?eld 1112. For
example, a processing system of the automated multi-module cell processing
instrument may scan e-readable indicia positioned on one or more cartridges
loaded into the automated multi-module cell processing instrument to determine the
appropriate protocol. As rated, the “Microbe_Kit1 (1.0.2)” protocol has been
selected, which may correspond to a kit of cartridges and other disposable supplies
purchased for use with the automated multi-module cell processing instrument.
In some implementations, the protocol pane 1102 further includes a start
control 1114a and a stop control 1114b to control execution of the protocol presented
in the protocol entry ?eld 1112. The GUI 1100 may be provided on a touch screen
interface, for example, where touch selection of the start control 1114a starts cell
processing, and selection of the stop control 1114b stops cell sing.
Turning to the run status pane 1104, in some implementations, a chart
1116 illustrates stages of the processing of the protocol identi?ed in the protocol pane
1102. For example, a portion of run completion 1118a is illustrated in blue, while a
portion of current stage 1118b is illustrated in green, and any errors 1118c are ?agged
with markers extending from the point in time along the course of the portion of the run
completion 1118a where the error occurred. A message region 1118d presents a
tage of run completed, a tage of stage completed, and a total number of
errors. In some embodiments, upon selection of the chart 1116, the user may be
presented with greater details regarding the run status such as, in some examples,
?cation of the type of error, a name of the current processing stage (e. g., nucleic
acid assembly, puri?cation, cell , ?ltration, transformation, recovery, editing,
etc.), and a listing of processing stages within the run. Further, in some embodiments,
a run completion time message indicates a date and time at which the run is estimated
to complete. The run, in some examples, may be indicative of a single cell g
process or a series of recursive cell editing processes scheduled for execution t
?r intervention. In some embodiments (not shown), the run status pane 1104
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
additionally illustrates an estimated time at which user intervention will be required
(e.g., cartridge replacement, solid waste disposal, liquid waste al, etc).
In some implementations, the run status pane 1104 includes a pause
control 1124 for pausing cell processing. The user may select to pause the current run,
for example, to t for an identi?ed error or to conduct manual intervention such as
waste removal.
The temperature pane 1106, in some embodiments, illustrates a series of
icons 1126 with corresponding messages 1128 indicating temperature settings for
various apparatus of the automated module cell processing instrument. The
icons, from left to right, may represent a transformation module1126a (e. g., ?ow-
through oporation cartridge associated with the reagent cartridge 110c of
or the ?ow-through electroporation devices 534 of FIG. SE), a puri?cation module
1126b, a ?rst growth module 1126c, a second growth module 1126d, and a ?ltration
module 1126e. The corresponding es 1128a—e identify a present temperature,
low ature, and high temperature of the corresponding module (e. g., for this stage
or this run). In selecting one of the icons 1126, in some embodiments, a graphic display
of temperature of time may be reviewed.
Beneath the temperature pane, in some implementations, a series of
panes identify present status of a number of s. For example, the electroporation
pane 1108 ents status of a transformation module, while the cell growth pane
1110 represents the status of a growth module. In some embodiments, the panes
presented here identify status of a presently operational module (e.g., the module
involved in cell processing in the current stage) as well as the status of any modules
which have already been utilized during the t run (as illustrated, for example, in
the run status pane 1104). Past status information, for example, may present to the user
ation regarding the parameters used in the prior stage(s) of cell processing.
Turning to the electroporation pane 1108, in some implementations,
operational ters 1130a of volts, milliamps, and joules are presented.
Additionally, a status message 1 132a may identify additional information regarding the
oning of the transformation module such as, in some examples, an error status, a
time remaining for processing, or contents of the module (e. g., materials added to the
module). In some implementations, an icon 1134a above the status message 1132a will
be ted in an active mode (e.g., colorful, “lit up”, in bold, etc.) when the
?esponding module is actively processing. Selection of the icon 1134a, in some
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
embodiments, causes presentation of a graphic display of detailed information
regarding the operational parameters 1130a.
] Turning to the cell growth pane 1110, in some implementations,
operational parameters 1130b of OD and hours of growth are presented. Additionally,
a status message 1132b may identify additional information regarding the functioning
of the growth module such as, in some examples, an error status, a time remaining for
processing, or contents of the module (e.g., als added to the module). In some
implementations, an icon 1134b above the status message 1132b will be presented in
an active mode (e.g., colorful, “lit up”, in bold, etc.) when the corresponding module is
actively processing. Selection of the icon 1134b, in some embodiments, causes
presentation of a graphic y of detailed information regarding the operational
parameters 1130b.
Next, a re description of an example processing system and
processing environment according to ary embodiments is described with
reference to . In , the processing system 1310 es a CPU 1308
which performs a portion of the processes described above. For example, the CPU
1308 may manage the processing stages of the method 900 of and/or the
work?ows of FIGS. 10A-C. The process data and, s, instructions, and/or user
settings may be stored in memory 1302. These process data and, scripts, instructions,
and/or user settings may also be stored on a storage medium disk 1304 such as a
le storage medium (e.g., USB drive, optical disk drive, etc.) or may be stored
remotely. For example, the process data and, scripts, instructions, and/or user settings
may be stored in a location ible to the processing system 1310 via a network
1328. Further, the claimed ements are not limited by the form of the computer-
readable media on which the instructions of the inventive process are . For
example, the instructions may be stored in FLASH memory, RAM, ROM, or any other
information processing device with which the processing system 1310 communicates,
such as a server, computer, smart phone, or other hand-held computing device.
Further, components of the claimed advancements may be provided as
a utility application, ound daemon, or component of an operating system, or
combination thereof, executing in conjunction with CPU 1308 and an operating system
such as with other computing systems known to those skilled in the art.
CPU 1308 may be an ARM processor, system-on-a—chip (SOC),
aroprocessor, microcontroller, digital signal processor (DSP), or may be other
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
processor types that would be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. Further,
CPU 1308 may be implemented as multiple processors cooperatively working in
parallel to m the instructions of the inventive ses described above.
The processing system 1310 is part of a sing environment 1300.
The processing system 1310 in Figure 13 also includes a network controller 1306 for
interfacing with the network 1328 to access additional elements within the processing
environment 1300. As can be appreciated, the network 1328 can be a public network,
such as the Internet, or a private network such as an LAN or WAN network, or any
ation thereof and can also e PSTN or ISDN sub-networks. The network
1328 can be wireless such as a cellular network including EDGE, 3G and 4G wireless
cellular systems. The wireless network can also be Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or any other
wireless form of communication that is known.
The processing system 1310 further es a general purpose I/O
interface 1312 acing with a user interface (e. g., touch screen) 1316, one or more
sensors 1314, and one or more peripheral devices 1318. The peripheral I/O devices
1318 may include, in some examples, a video recording system, an audio recording
system, microphone, external e devices, and/or al speaker systems. The
one or more sensors 1314 may include one or more of a gyroscope, an accelerometer,
a gravity sensor, a linear rometer, a global positioning system, a bar code scanner,
a QR code scanner, an RFID scanner, a temperature monitor, and a ng system or
lighting element.
] The general purpose e controller 1324 connects the storage
medium disk 1304 with communication bus 1340, such as a parallel bus or a serial bus
such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB), or similar, for interconnecting all of the
components of the processing system. A description of the general features and
functionality of the storage controller 1324, network controller 1306, and general
purpose I/O interface 1312 is d herein for brevity as these features are known.
The processing system 1310, in some embodiments, includes one or
more onboard and/or peripheral sensors 1314. The sensors 1314, for example, can be
incorporated ly into the internal electronics and/or a housing of the automated
multi-module sing instrument. A portion of the sensors 1314 can be in direct
al contact with the I/O interface 1312, e.g., via a wire, or in wireless contact e. g.,
via a Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or NFC connection. For example, a wireless communications
?troller 1326 may enable communications between one or more wireless sensors
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
1314 and the I/O interface 1312. Furthermore, one or more sensors 1314 may be in
indirect contact e. g., via intermediary servers or storage devices that are based in the
network 1328; or in (wired, wireless or indirect) contact with a signal accumulator
somewhere within the automated multi—module cell processing instrument, which in
turn is in (wired or wireless or indirect) contact with the I/O interface 1312.
] A group of sensors 1314 communicating with the I/O interface 1312
may be used in combination to gather a given signal type from multiple places in order
to generate a more complete map of signals. One or more sensors 1314 communicating
with the I/O interface 1312 can be used as a comparator or veri?cation element, for
example to ?lter, , or reject other signals.
In some embodiments, the processing environment 1300 includes a
computing device 1338 communicating with the processing system 1310 via the
wireless communications controller 1326. For example, the wireless communications
controller 1326 may enable the exchange of email messages, text es, and/or
software application alerts ated to a smart phone or other personal computing
device of a user.
The sing environment 1300, in some implementations, includes a
robotic material handling system 1322. The sing system 1310 may include a
robotics controller 1320 for issuing control s to actuate ts of the c
material handling system, such as manipulating a on of a gantry, lowering or
raising a sipper or pipettor element, and/or actuating pumps and valves to cause liquid
transfer between a sipper/pipettor and various vessels (e.g., chambers, vials, etc.) in the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument. The robotics ller 1320, in
some examples, may include a hardware driver, firmware element, and/or one or more
algorithms or software es for interfacing the processing system 1310 with the
cs material handling system 1322.
In some implementations, the processing environment 1310 includes
one or more module interfaces 1332, such as, in some examples, one or more sensor
interfaces, power control interfaces, valve and pump interfaces, and/or actuator
interfaces for activating and controlling processing of each module of the automated
multi-module processing system. For example, the module interfaces 1332 may
include an actuator interface for the drive motor 864 of rotating cell growth device 850
() and a sensor interface for the detector board 872 that senses optical density
?ell growth within rotating growth vial 800. A module controller 1330, in some
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
embodiments, is con?gured to interface with the module interfaces 1332. The module
controller 1330 may include one or many controllers (e.g., possibly one ller per
module, although some modules may share a single controller). The module controller
1330, in some examples, may include a hardware driver, ?rmware element, and/or one
or more thms or software packages for interfacing the processing system 1310
with the module interfaces 1332.
The processing environment 1310, in some implementations, includes a
thermal management system 1336 for controlling climate ions within the housing
of the automated multi-module processing system. The thermal management system
1336 may additional control climate conditions within one or more s of the
automated multi-module cell processing instrument. The processing system 1310, in
some embodiments, es a temperature controller 1334 for interfacing with the
thermal ment system 133 6. The temperature controller 1334, in some examples,
may include a hardware driver, firmware element, and/or one or more algorithms or
software packages for interfacing the processing system 1310 with the thermal
management system 1336.
Production of Cell Libraries using Automated g Methodsz Modulesz
Instruments and Systems
In one aspect, the t disclosure provides automated editing
methods, modules, instruments, and automated multi-module cell editing instruments
for creating a library of cells that vary the expression, levels and/or activity of RNAs
and/or proteins of interest in various cell types using various editing strategies, as
described herein in more detail. Accordingly, the disclosure is intended to cover edited
cell libraries created by the automated editing methods, ted multi-module cell
editing instruments of the disclosure. These cell libraries may have different targeted
edits, including but not limited to gene knockouts, gene knock—ins, insertions, deletions,
single nucleotide edits, short tandem repeat edits, frameshifts, triplet codon expansion,
and the like in cells of various organisms. These edits can be directed to coding or
ding regions of the , and are preferably rationally designed.
In other aspects, the present sure provides automated editing
methods, automated multi-module cell g instruments for creating a library of cells
that vary DNA-linked processes. For example, the cell library may include dual
8s having edits in DNA binding sites to interfere with DNA binding of regulatory
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
elements that modulate expression of selected genes. In on, cell libraries may
include edits in genomic DNA that impact on cellular processes such as
heterochromatin formation, switch-class recombination and VDJ recombination.
In speci?c aspects, the cell libraries are created using multiplexed
editing of dual cells within a cell population, with multiple cells within a cell
population are edited in a single round of editing, i.e., multiple changes within the cells
of the cell library are in a single automated operation. The libraries that can be created
in a single lexed automated operation can comprise as many as 500 edited cells,
1000 edited cells, 2000 edited cells, 5000 edited cells, 10,000 edited cells, 50,000 edited
cells, 100,000 edited cells, 200,000 edited cells, 300,000 edited cells, 400,000 edited
cells, 500,000 edited cells, 600,000 edited cells, 700,000 edited cells, 800,000 edited
cells, 900,000 edited cells, 1,000,000 edited cells, 2,000,000 edited cells, 3,000,000
edited cells, 4,000,000 edited cells, 5,000,000 edited cells, 6,000,000 edited cells,
7,000,000 edited cells, 8,000,000 edited cells, 9,000,000 edited cells, 10,000,000 edited
cells or more,
In other c s, the cell libraries are created using recursive
editing of individual cells within a cell population, with edits being added to the
individual cells in two or more rounds of editing. The use of recursive editing results
in the mation of two or more edits targeting two or more sites in the genome in
individual cells of the library. The libraries that can be created in an automated
recursive operation can se as many as 500 edited cells, 1000 edited cells, 2000
edited cells, 5000 edited cells, 10,000 edited cells, 50,000 edited cells, 0 edited
cells, 200,000 edited cells, 300,000 edited cells, 400,000 edited cells, 500,000 edited
cells, 600,000 edited cells, 0 edited cells, 800,000 edited cells, 900,000 edited
cells, 1,000,000 edited cells, 2,000,000 edited cells, 3,000,000 edited cells, 4,000,000
edited cells, 5,000,000 edited cells, 6,000,000 edited cells, 7,000,000 edited cells,
8,000,000 edited cells, 9,000,000 edited cells, 10,000,000 edited cells or more,
Examples of non-automated editing strategies that can be modi?ed
based on the t speci?cation to e the automated s can be found, e.g.,
US Pat. No. 8,110,360, 8,332,160, 9,988,624, 20170316353, and 20120277120.
In c aspects, recursive editing can be used to ?rst create a cell
phenotype, and then later rounds of editing used to reverse the phenotype and/or
accelerate other cell properties.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some aspects, the cell library ses edits for the creation of
unnatural amino acids in a cell.
] In speci?c aspects, the disclosure provides edited cell libraries having
edits in one or more regulatory elements created using the automated editing methods,
automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the disclosure. The term
atory element” refers to nucleic acid molecules that can in?uence the
transcription and/or translation of an ly linked coding sequence in a particular
environment and/or context. This term is intended to include all ts that promote
or regulate transcription, and RNA stability including promoters, core elements
required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, upstream
elements, enhancers, and response elements (see, e.g., Lewin, "Genes V" (Oxford
University Press, ) pages 847-873). Exemplary regulatory elements in
prokaryotes include, but are not limited to, promoters, operator sequences and a
ribosome g sites, Regulatory elements that are used in eukaryotic cells may
include, but are not limited to, promoters, enhancers, insulators, splicing signals and
polyadenylation signals.
Preferably, the edited cell library es rationally designed edits that
are designed based on predictions of protein structure, expression and/or activity in a
particular cell type. For example, rational design may be based on a —Wide
biophysical model of genome editing with a particular nuclease and gene regulation to
predict how ent editing ters ing nuclease expression and/or binding,
growth conditions, and other experimental conditions collectively control the dynamics
of nuclease editing. See, e. g, Farasat and Salis, PLoS Comput Biol,
29:12(l):e1004724 (2016).
In one aspect, the present disclosure provides the on of a library of
edited cells with various rationally designed regulatory sequences created using the
automated editing instrumentation, systems and methods of the invention. For
example, the edited cell library can include prokaryotic cell populations created using
set of constitutive and/or inducible promoters, er ces, operator sequences
and/or me binding sites. In another example, the edited cell library can e
eukaryotic sequences created using a set of constitutive and/or inducible promoters,
enhancer sequences, operator sequences, and/or different Kozak sequences for
expression of proteins of interest.
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some aspects, the disclosure provides cell libraries including cells
with rationally designed edits comprising one or more classes of edits in sequences of
st across the genome of an organism. In c aspects, the disclosure provides
cell libraries including cells with rationally designed edits comprising one or more
s of edits in sequences of interest across a subset of the genome. For example,
the cell y may include cells with rationally designed edits comprising one or more
s of edits in sequences of interest across the exome, e.g., every or most open
reading frames of the . For example, the cell library may include cells with
rationally designed edits comprising one or more classes of edits in sequences of
interest across the kinome. In yet another example, the cell library may include cells
with rationally ed edits comprising one or more classes of edits in sequences of
interest across the secretome. In yet other aspects, the cell library may include cells
with rationally designed edits created to analyze s isoforrns of proteins encoded
within the exome, and the cell libraries can be designed to control expression of one or
more speci?c isoforrns, e. g, for transcriptome analysis.
Importantly, in certain aspects the cell libraries may comprise edits
using randomized sequences, e.g., randomized promoter sequences, to reduce similarity
between sion of one or more proteins in dual cells within the library.
Additionally, the promoters in the cell library can be constitutive, inducible or both to
enable strong and/or titratable expression.
In other aspects, the present disclosure es automated editing
methods, automated multi-module cell editing instruments for creating a library of cells
comprising edits to identify optimum expression of a selected gene target. For e,
production of biochemicals through metabolic engineering often es the
expression of pathway enzymes, and the best production yields are not always achieved
by the highest amount of the target pathway enzymes in the cell, but rather by fine-
tuning ofthe expression levels ofthe individual enzymes and related regulatory proteins
and/or pathways. Similarly, expression levels of heterologous proteins sometimes can
be experimentally adjusted for optimal .
The most obvious way that transcription impacts on gene expression
levels is through the rate of Pol II initiation, which can be modulated by combinations
of promoter or enhancer th and trans-activating factors (Kadonaga, et al., Cell,
116(2):247-57 (2004). In eukaryotes, elongation rate may also determine gene
on patterns by cing alternative splicing (Cramer et al., PNAS USA,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
94(21):11456-60 . Failed termination on a gene can impair the expression of
downstream genes by reducing the accessibility of the promoter to Pol II r, et
al., 2000 PNAS USA, 97(15):8415-20 (2000). This process, known as transcriptional
interference, is particularly relevant in lower eukaryotes, as they often have closely
spaced genes.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for
optimizing ar gene transcription. Gene transcription is the result of several distinct
biological phenomena, including transcriptional initiation (RNAp recruitment and
transcriptional complex formation), elongation (strand synthesis/extension), and
transcriptional termination (RNAp detachment and termination).
Site Directed Mutagenesis
Cell libraries can be created using the ted editing s,
modules, instruments and systems employing site-directed nesis, i.e., when the
amino acid sequence of a protein or other genomic feature may be altered by
deliberately and precisely by mutating the protein or c feature. These cell lines
can be useful for s purposes, eg., for determining n function within cells,
the identification of enzymatic active sites within cells, and the design ofnovel proteins.
For example, site-directed mutagenesis can be used in a multiplexed n to
exchange a single amino acid in the sequence of a protein for another amino acid with
different chemical properties. This allows one to determine the effect of a rationally
designed or ly generated mutation in dual cells within a cell population.
See, e.g., Berg, et al. Biochemistry, Sixth Ed. (New York: W.H. Freeman and
Company) (2007).
In another example, edits can be made to individual cells within a cell
library to substitute amino acids in binding sites, such as substitution of one or more
amino acids in a protein binding site for interaction within a protein complex or
tution of one or more amino acids in enzymatic pockets that can accommodate a
cofactor or ligand. This class of edits allows the creation of speci?c manipulations to
a protein to e certain properties of one or more proteins, including interaction
with other cofactors, ligands, etc. within a protein complex.
In yet another examples, various edit types can be made to individual
cells within a cell library using site specific mutagenesis for studying expression
Entitative trait loci (eQTLs). An eQTL is a locus that explains a fraction ofthe genetic
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
variance of a gene expression phenotype. The libraries ofthe invention would be useful
to evaluate and link eQTLs to actual diseased states.
In speci?c aspects, the edits introduced into the cell libraries of the
disclosure may be d using rational design based on known or predicted structures
of ns. See, e.g., Chronopoulou EG and Labrou, Curr Protoc Protein Sci, Chapter
26:Unit 26.6 (2011). Such irected mutagenesis can provide individual cells within
a library with one or more site-directed edits, and preferably two or more site-directed
edits (e.g., combinatorial edits) within a cell population.
] In other aspects, cell libraries of the disclosure are created using site-
directed codon on “scanning” of all or substantially all of the codons in the
coding region of a gene. In this fashion, individual edits of speci?c codons can be
examined for loss-of—function or gain-of—function based on speci?c polymorphisms in
one or more codons of the gene. These libraries can be a powerful tool for ining
which genetic changes are silent or causal of a speci?c phenotype in a cell or cell
population. The edits of the codons may be randomly generated or may be rationally
designed based on known polymorphisms and/or mutations that have been identi?ed in
the gene to be analyzed. Moreover, using these techniques on two or more genes in a
single in a pathway in a cell may ine potential protein:protein interactions or
redundancies in cell functions or ys.
For example, e scanning can be used to determine the contribution
of a speci?c residue to the stability or function of given protein. See, e.g., re, et
al., Nucleic Acids Research, Volume 25(2):447—448 (1997). Alanine is often used in
this codon ng technique because of its non-bulky, chemically inert, methyl
functional group that can mimic the secondary structure preferences that many of the
other amino acids possess. Codon scanning can also be used to determine whether the
side chain of a speci?c residue plays a signi?cant role in cell function and/or activity.
Sometimes other amino acids such as valine or leucine can be used in the creation of
codon scanning cell ies if conservation of the size of mutated residues is needed.
In other speci?c aspects, cell libraries can be created using the
automated editing methods, automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the
invention to determine the active site of a n such as an enzyme or hormone, and
to elucidate the mechanism of action of one or more of these proteins in a cell library.
Site-directed mutagenesis associated with molecular modeling studies can be used to
Eover the active site structure of an enzyme and uently its mechanism of
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ionNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
action. Analysis of these cell libraries can provide an understanding of the role d
by speci?c amino acid residues at the active sites of proteins, in the contacts between
subunits of protein complexes, on intracellular traf?cking and protein stability/half—life
in various genetic backgrounds.
Saturation Mutagenesis
In some aspects, the cell libraries created using the automated editing
methods, automated multi-module cell editing instruments of the disclosure may
saturation mutagenesis libraries, in which a single codon or set of codons is randomized
to produce all possible amino acids at the position of a particular gene or genes of
interest. These cell libraries can be particularly useful to generate variants, e.g., for
ed evolution. See, e. g., Chica, et al., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 16 (4):
378—384 , nd Shivange, Current Opinion in Chemical y, 13 (1): 19—25.
In some aspects, edits comprising different degenerate codons can be
used to encode sets of amino acids in the individual cells in the ies, e some
amino acids are encoded by more codons than others, the exact ratio of amino acids
cannot be equal. In certain aspects, more restricted degenerate codons are used. 'NNK'
and 'NNS' have the bene?t of encoding all 20 amino acids, but still encode a stop codon
3% of the time. Alternative codons such as 'NDT', 'DBK' avoid stop codons entirely,
and encode a l set of amino acids that still encompass all the main biophysical
types (anionic, cationic, aliphatic hydrophobic, aromatic hydrophobic, hydrophilic,
In speci?c aspects, the non-redundant saturation mutagenesis, in which
the most commonly used codon for a particular sm is used in the saturation
mutagenesis editing process.
Promoter Swaps and Ladders
One mechanism for analyzing and/or optimizing expression of one or
more genes of interest is through the on ofa “promoter swap” cell library, in which
the cells comprise genetic edits that have c promoters linked to one or more genes
of interest. Accordingly, the cell libraries created using the methods, automated multi-
module cell editing instruments of the disclosure may be promoter swap cell libraries,
which can be used, e.g., to increase or decrease expression of a gene of interest to
Emize a metabolic or genetic pathway. In some aspects, the promoter swap cell
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
library can be used to identify an increase or ion in the expression of a gene that
affects cell vitality or viability, e.g., a gene encoding a n that impacts on the
growth rate or overall health of the cells. In some aspects, the promoter swap cell
y can be used to create cells having dependencies and logic between the promoters
to create synthetic gene networks. In some aspects, the promoter swaps can be used to
control cell to cell communication between cells of both homogeneous and
heterogeneous (complex tissues) populations in .
The cell libraries can utilize any given number of promoters that have
been grouped together based upon exhibition of a range of expression strengths and any
given number of target genes. The ladder of promoter ces vary expression of at
least one locus under at least one condition. This ladder is then atically applied
to a group of genes in the organism using the automated editing methods, automated
multi-module cell editing instruments of the disclosure.
In speci?c aspects, the cell y formed using the automated g
processes, modules and systems of the disclosure include individual cells that are
representative of a given promoter operably linked to one or more target genes of
interest in an otherwise identical genetic background. Examples of non-automated
editing strategies that can be modi?ed to utilize the automated s can be found,
e.g., in US Pat. No. 9,988,624.
In specific aspects, the promoter swap cell library is produced by editing
a set of target genes to be operably linked to a pre-selected set of promoters that act as
a “promoter ladder” for expression of the genes of interest. For example, the cells are
edited so that one or more individual genes of interest are edited to be operably linked
with the different ers in the promoter ladder. When an endogenous promoter
does not exist, its sequence is unknown, or it has been previously changed in some
manner, the individual ers of the promoter ladder can be inserted in front of the
genes of interest. These produced cell libraries have individual cells with an individual
promoter of the ladder operably linked to one or more target genes in an otherwise
identical genetic context.
The promoters are lly selected to result in variable expression
across different loci, and may include inducible promoters, constitutive promoters, or
both,
The set of target genes edited using the promoter ladder can include all
Host open reading frames (ORFs) in a genome, or a ed subset of the genome,
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
ed set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
e. g., the ORFs of the kinome or a secretome. In some aspects, the target genes can
include coding regions for s isoforms of the genes, and the cell libraries can be
designed to sion of one or more speci?c rns, e. g., for transcriptome analysis
using various promoters.
The set of target genes can also be genes known or suspected to be
involved in a particular cellular pathway, e.g. a regulatory pathway or signaling
pathway. The set of target genes can be ORFs related to function, by relation to
usly demonstrated bene?cial edits (previous promoter swaps or previous SNP
swaps), by thmic selection based on epistatic interactions between previously
generated edits, other selection ia based on hypotheses regarding bene?cial ORF
to target, or through random selection. In speci?c embodiments, the target genes can
comprise non—protein coding genes, including non-coding RNAs.
Editing of other functional genetic elements, including insulator
elements and other genomic organization elements, can also be used to systematically
vary the expression level of a set of target genes, and can be introduced using the
methods, automated multi-module cell editing ments of the sure. In one
aspect, a population of cells is edited using a ladder of enhancer sequences, either alone
or in combination with selected promoters or a promoter ladder, to create a cell y
having various edits in these enhancer elements. In another aspect, a population of cells
is edited using a ladder of ribosome binding sequences, either alone or in combination
with selected promoters or a promoter ladder, to create a cell library having various
edits in these ribosome binding sequences.
In another aspect, a population of cells is edited to allow the attachment
of various mRNA and/or protein stabilizing or destabilizing sequences to the 5' or 3'
end, or at any other location, of a transcript or protein.
In certain aspects, a population of cells of a previously ished cell
line may be edited using the automated editing methods, modules, instruments, and
systems of the disclosure to create a cell library to improve the function, health and/or
viability of the cells. For example, many rial strains currently used for large scale
manufacturing have been developed using random mutagenesis processes iteratively
over a period of many years, sometimes s. Unwanted neutral and ental
ons were introduced into s along with bene?cial changes, and over time this
resulted in strains with de?ciencies in overall robustness and key traits such as growth
?s. In r example, mammalian cell lines continue to mutate through the passage
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
of the cells over periods of time, and likewise these cell lines can become unstable and
acquire traits that are undesirable. The ted g methods, automated multi-
module cell editing instruments of the sure can use g strategies such as SNP
and/or STR swapping, indel creation, or other techniques to remove or change the
undesirable genome sequences and/or introducing new genome sequences to address
the de?ciencies while retaining the desirable properties of the cells.
When recursive editing is used, the editing in the individual cells in the
edited cell library can incorporate the inclusion of “landing pads” in an ectopic site in
the genome (e.g., a CarT locus) to optimize expression, stability and/or control.
In some embodiments, each library produced having individual cells
comprising one or more edits (either introducing or removing) is cultured and analyzed
under one or more criteria (e.g., production of a chemical or product of st). The
cells possessing the speci?c criteria are then associated, or correlated, with one or more
particular edits in the cell. In this manner, the effect of a given edit on any number of
genetic or phenotypic traits of interest can be determined. The identi?cation of multiple
edits associated with particular criteria or ed functionality/robustness may lead
to cells with highly desirable characteristics.
Knock-out or Knock-in Libraries
In certain aspects, the present sure provides automated editing
methods, modules, instruments and systems for creating a library of cells having
-out” (KO) or “knock-in” (KI) edits of various genes of interest. Thus, the
sure is intended to cover edited cell libraries created by the automated g
methods, automated module cell editing instruments of the disclosure that have
one or more mutations that remove or reduce the expression of selected genes of st
to interrogate the effect of these edits on gene on in dual cells within the
cell library.
The cell libraries can be created using targeted gene KO (e.g., via
insertion/deletion) or KOs (e.g., via gous directed repair). For example, double
strand breaks are often repaired via the non-homologous end joining DNA repair
pathway. The repair is known to be error prone, and thus insertions and deletions may
be introduced that can disrupt gene function. Preferably the edits are rationally designed
to speci?cally affect the genes of interest, and individual cells can be created having a
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
KI or KI of one or more locus of interest. Cells having a KO or KI of two or more loci
of interest can be created using automated recursive editing of the disclosure.
In speci?c aspects, the KO or KI cell libraries are created using
simultaneous multiplexed editing of cells within a cell population, and multiple cells
within a cell population are edited in a single round of editing, i.e., multiple changes
within the cells of the cell library are in a single automated operation. In other speci?c
aspects, the cell libraries are created using recursive editing of individual cells within a
cell population, and results in the amalgamation of multiple edits of two or more sites
in the genome into single cells.
SNP or Short Tandem Repeat Swaps
In one aspect, cell libraries are created using the automated g
methods, automated multi-module cell editing ments of the disclosure by
systematic introducing or substituting single nucleotide polymorphisms (“SNPs”) into
the genomes of the individual cells to create a “SNP swap” cell library. In some
embodiments, the SNP swapping methods of the present disclosure e both the
addition of bene?cial SNPs, and removing detrimental and/or l SNPs. The SNP
swaps may target coding sequences, non-coding sequences, or both.
] In another aspect, a cell library is created using the automated editing
methods, modules, instruments, instruments, and systems of the disclosure by
systematic introducing or substituting short tandem repeats (“STR”) into the s
of the individual cells to create an “STR swap” cell library. In some embodiments, the
STR swapping methods of the present sure include both the addition of bene?cial
STRs, and removing detrimental and/or neutral STRs. The STR swaps may target
coding ces, non-coding sequences, or both.
In some embodiments, the SNP and/or STR swapping used to create the
cell library is multiplexed, and multiple cells within a cell population are edited in a
single round of editing, i.e., le changes within the cells of the cell library are in a
single automated operation. In other embodiments, the SNP and/or STR swapping used
to create the cell library is recursive, and results in the mation of multiple
bene?cial ces and/or the removal of detrimental sequences into single cells.
Multiple changes can be either a speci?c set of de?ned changes or a partly randomized,
combinatorial library of mutations. Removal of detrimental mutations and
?solidation of bene?cial mutations can provide ate ements in various
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
cellular processes. Removal of genetic burden or idation of bene?cial changes
into a strain with no genetic burden also provides a new, robust starting point for
additional random mutagenesis that may enable further improvements.
SNP swapping overcomes fundamental tions of random
mutagenesis approaches as it is not a random approach, but rather the systematic
introduction or removal of individual mutations across cells.
Splice Site g
RNA splicing is the process during which introns are excised and exons
are spliced together to create the mRNA that is translated into a protein. The precise
recognition of splicing signals by cellular machinery is critical to this s.
Accordingly, in some aspects, a population of cells is edited using a systematic editing
to known and/or predicted splice donor and/or acceptor sites in various loci to create a
library of splice site variants of various genes. Such editing can help to elucidate the
biological relevance of various isoforms of genes in a cellular context. Sequences for
rational design of splicing sites of various coding regions, including actual or predicted
mutations associated with various mammalian disorders, can be predicted using
analysis techniques such as those found in Nalla and Rogan, Hum Mutat, 25:334-342
(2005); Divina, et al., Eur J Hum Genet, 17:759—765 , Desmet, et el., Nucleic
Acids Res, 37:e67 (2009), Faber, et al., BMC Bioinformatics, 12(suppl 4):SZ (2011).
Start/Stop Codon Exchanges and oration of Nucleic Acid Analogs
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides for the creation of cell
libraries using the automated editing methods, modules, instruments and systems of the
disclosure, where the libraries are created by swapping start and stop codon ts
hout the genome of an organism or for a ed subset of coding regions in the
genome, e. g., the kinome or secretome. In the cell library, individual cells will have
one or more start or stop codons replacing the native start or stop codon for one or more
gene of interest.
For e, typical start codons used by eukaryotes are ATG (AUG)
and prokaryotes use ATG (AUG) the most, followed by GTG (GUG) and TTG (UUG).
The cell library may include dual cells having substitutions for the native start
codons for one or more genes of interest.
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides for automated creation
of a cell library by replacing ATG start codons with TTG in front of selected genes of
interest. In other aspects, the present disclosure provides for automated creation of a
cell library by replacing ATG start codons with GTG. In other aspects, the present
disclosure provides for automated creation of a cell library by replacing GTG start
codons with ATG. In other aspects, the present disclosure provides for automated
creation of a cell y by replacing GTG start codons with TTG. In other aspects,
the present disclosure provides for automated creation of a cell library by replacing
TTG start codons with ATG. In other aspects, the present disclosure provides for
automated creation of a cell library by replacing TTG start codons with GTG.
] In other examples, typical stop codons for S. cerevisiae and mammals
are TAA (UAA) and TGA (UGA), respectively. The typical stop codon for
tyledonous plants is TGA (UGA), whereas insects and E. coli commonly use
TAA (UAA) as the stop codon (Dalphin, et al., Nucl. Acids Res, 24: 216-218 (1996)).
The cell y may include individual cells having substitutions for the native stop
codons for one or more genes of interest.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides for automated creation
of a cell library by replacing TAA stop codons with TAG. In other aspects, the present
disclosure provides for automated creation of a cell y by replacing TAA stop
codons with TGA. In other aspects, the present disclosure provides for automated
creation of a cell library by ing TGA stop codons with TAA. In other aspects, the
present disclosure provides for automated creation of a cell library by replacing TGA
stop codons with TAG. In other aspects, the present disclosure provides for ted
creation of a cell library by replacing TAG stop codons with TAA. In other aspects,
the t invention teaches automated creation of a cell library by replacing TAG
stop codons with TGA.
Terminator Swaps and Ladders
One mechanism for identifying optimum termination of a pre-spliced
mRNA of one or more genes of interest is through the creation of a “terminator swap”
cell library, in which the cells comprise c edits that have speci?c terminator
ces linked to one or more genes of interest. ingly, the cell libraries created
using the methods, modules, instruments and s of the disclosure may be
??nator swap cell libraries, which can be used, e.g., to affect mRNA stability by
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
ation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
ation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
releasing transcripts from sites of synthesis. In other embodiments, the terminator swap
cell library can be used to identify an increase or reduction in the ef?ciency of
transcriptional ation and thus accumulation of unspliced pre-mRNA (e.g., West
and Proudfoot, Mol Cell, 33(3-9), 354-364 (2009) and/or 3' end processing (e.g., West,
et al., Mol Cell. 29(5):600-10 (2008)). In the case where a gene is linked to multiple
termination sites, the edits may edit a combination of edits to multiple terminators that
are associated with a gene. Additional amino acids may also be added to the ends of
proteins to determine the effect on the protein length on terminators.
The cell libraries can e any given number of edits of terminators
that have been selected for the terminator ladder based upon exhibition of a range of
activity and any given number of target genes. The ladder of terminator sequences vary
expression of at least one locus under at least one condition. This ladder is then
systematically applied to a group of genes in the organism using the automated editing
methods, modules, instruments and systems of the sure.
In some s, the present disclosure provides for the creation of cell
libraries using the automated g methods, modules, instruments and systems of
disclosure, where the ies are d to edit terminator signals in one or more
regions in the genome in the individual cells of the library. Transcriptional termination
in eukaryotes operates through terminator signals that are recognized by protein factors
associated with the RNA polymerase II. For example, the cell library may contain
individual eukaryotic cells with edits in genes encoding polyadenylation speci?city
factor (CPSF) and cleavage stimulation factor (CstF) and or gene encoding ns
recruited by CPSF and CstF s to termination sites. In prokaryotes, two pal
mechanisms, termed Rho-independent and Rho-dependent termination, mediate
transcriptional termination. For example, the cell library may n individual
prokaryotic cells with edits in genes encoding proteins that affect the binding, efficiency
and/or activity of these ation pathways.
In certain aspects, the present sure provides methods of selecting
termination sequences ("terminators") with optimal properties. For example, in some
embodiments, the t disclosure teaches provides methods for introducing and/or
editing one or more terminators and/or generating variants of one or more terminators
within a host cell, which exhibit a range of activity. A particular combination of
terminators can be grouped together as a terminator ladder, and cell libraries of the
alosure include individual cells that are representative ofterminators operably linked
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
ation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
None set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
MigrationNone set by KIM
[Annotation] KIM
Unmarked set by KIM
to one or more target genes of interest in an otherwise identical genetic background.
Examples of non-automated editing gies that can be modi?ed to utilize the
automated instruments can be found, e. g., in US Pat. No. 9,988,624 to Serber et al.,
entitled “Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform.”
In speci?c aspects, the terminator swap cell y is produced by
editing a set of target genes to be operably linked to a pre-selected set of terrninators
that act as a “terminator ” for expression of the genes of interest. For example,
the cells are edited so that the endogenous promoter is operably linked to the individual
genes of interest are edited with the different promoters in the promoter ladder. When
the endogenous promoter does not exist, its sequence is n, or it has been
previously d in some , the individual promoters of the promoter ladder
can be inserted in front of the genes of interest. These produced cell libraries have
individual cells with an individual promoter of the ladder operably linked to one or
more target genes in an otherwise cal genetic context. The terminator ladder in
question is then associated with a given gene of interest.
The terminator ladder can be used to more generally affect termination
of all or most ORFs in a genome, or a selected subset of the genome, e. g., the ORFs of
a kinome or a secretome. The set of target genes can also be genes known or suspected
to be involved in a particular cellular pathway, e. g. a regulatory pathway or signaling
y. The set of target genes can be ORFs related to function, by relation to
previously demonstrated bene?cial edits (previous er swaps or previous SNP
swaps), by algorithmic selection based on epistatic interactions between previously
generated edits, other selection criteria based on hypotheses regarding bene?cial ORF
to target, or through random selection. In speci?c embodiments, the target genes can
se non-protein coding genes, including non-coding RNAs.
While certain embodiments have been described, these embodiments
have been presented by way of example only, and are not intended to limit the scope of
the present disclosures. Indeed, the novel methods, apparatuses, modules, ments
and systems bed herein can be embodied in a y of other forms; furthermore,
various omissions, substitutions and changes in the form of the methods, tuses,
modules, instruments and systems described herein can be made without departing from
the spirit of the present disclosures. The accompanying claims and their equivalents are
intended to cover such forms or modi?cations as would fall within the scope and spirit
ale present disclosures.
Claims (20)
1. An ted multi -module cell editing instrument comprising: a housing ured to house some or all of the modules; a receptacle configured to receive cells; one or more receptacles configured to receive nucleic acids; a transformation module configured to introduce the nucleic acids into the cells; a recovery module configured to allow the cells to recover after cell ormation in the transformation module; a nuclease -directed editing module ured to allow the introduced nucleic acids to edit nucleic acids in the cells; and a processor configured to e the automated multi-module cell editing instrument based on user input and/or selection of a pre-programmed script; and an ted liquid handling system to move liquids directly from one of the growth module, transformation , or nuclease -directed editing module to another of the growth module, transformation , or nuclease-directed editing module without user intervention.
2. The automated multi -module cell editing instrument of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acids in the one or more receptacles comprise a backbone and an editing cassette, and the automated multi-module cell editing instrument further comprises a nucleic acid assembly module.
3. The automated multi -module cell editing ment of claim 1 or 2, wherein the automated liquid handling system ses a sipper or pipettor.
4. The ted multi-module cell editing instrument of claim 2 or 3, wherein the nucleic acid assembly module is configured to perform isothermal c acid assembly.
5. The automated multi-module cell editing ment of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the editing module and the recovery module are combined into a single module.
6. The automated multi -module cell editing instrument of any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a growth module configured to grow the cells.
7. The automated multi-module cell editing instrument of claim 6, wherein the growth module measures optical density of the growing cells.
8. The automated multi -module cell editing instrument of claim 7, wherein the growth module is configured to measure optical density of growing cells continuously.
9. The automated module cell editing instrument of claim 6, wherein the processor is configured to adjust growth conditions in the growth module such that the cells reach a target optical density at a time requested by a user.
10. The automated multi -module cell editing instrument of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the receptacle configured to e cells and the one or more receptacles configured to receive c acids are contained within a reagent cartridge.
11. The automated multi -module cell editing ment of claim 10, wherein some or all reagents required for cell editing are received by the reagent cartridge.
12. The automated multi-module cell editing instrument of claim 10 or 11, wherein the reagents contained within the reagent cartridge are ble by a script read by the processor.
13. The automated multi-module cell editing ment of claim 12, wherein the reagent cartridge includes reagents and is provided in a kit.
14. The automated multi-module cell editing instrument of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the transformation module comprises an oporation device.
15. The automated multi -module cell editing instrument of claim 14, wherein the electroporation device is a flow-through electroporation device.
16. The automated multi-module cell editing instrument of any one of claims 1 to 15, further comprising a filtration module configured to concentrate the cells and render the cells electrocompetent.
17. An automated multi-module cell editing instrument comprising: a housing configured to house some or all of the modules; a receptacle configured to e cells; at least one receptacle configured to receive nucleic acids; a nucleic acid assembly module configured to assemble a vector backbone and an editing cassette, wherein the nucleic acid assembly module is configured to accept and assemble nucleic acids to tate the desired genome editing events in the cells; a growth module ured to grow the cells; a transformation module comprising an electroporator to introduce assembled nucleic acids into the cells; a nuclease-directed g module configured to allow the assembled nucleic acids to edit nucleic acids in the cells; an ted liquid handling system to move liquids directly from one of the c acid assembly module, transformation module, or nuclease-directed g module to another of the nucleic acid assembly module, transformation module, or editing module without user intervention; and a processor configured to operate the automated multi-module cell editing instrument based on user input and/or selection of a pre-programmed script.
18. The automated multi-module cell editing instrument of claim 17, further comprising at least one t cartridge containing ts to perform cell editing in the automated multimodule cell editing ment.
19. The ted multi-module cell editing instrument of claim 18, wherein the receptacles for the cells and nucleic acids are disposed within the reagent cartridge.
20. An automated multi-module cell editing ment comprising: a housing configured to house some or all of the modules; a receptacle ured to receive cells; at least one receptacle configured to receive nucleic acids; a nucleic acid assembly module configured to a) assemble a ne and an editing cassette, and b) de-salt assembled nucleic acids after assembly; a growth module configured to grow the cells; a filtration module configured to concentrate the cells and render the cells electrocompetent; a ormation module comprising a flow-through electroporator to introduce the assembled nucleic acids into the cells; a combination recovery and se-directed g module configured to allow the cells to recover after electroporation in the transformation module and to allow the nucleic acids to edit the cells; an automated liquid handling system to move liquids directly from one of the growth module, filtration module, transformation module, or combination recovery and nuclease-directed editing module to another of the growth module, filtration module, transformation module, or combination recovery and se-directed editing module without user intervention; and a processor ured to operate the automated multi-module cell editing instrument based on user input.
Applications Claiming Priority (24)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201762527339P | 2017-06-30 | 2017-06-30 | |
US62/527,339 | 2017-06-30 | ||
US201762551069P | 2017-08-28 | 2017-08-28 | |
US62/551,069 | 2017-08-28 | ||
US201762566374P | 2017-09-30 | 2017-09-30 | |
US201762566375P | 2017-09-30 | 2017-09-30 | |
US62/566,375 | 2017-09-30 | ||
US62/566,374 | 2017-09-30 | ||
US201762566688P | 2017-10-02 | 2017-10-02 | |
US62/566,688 | 2017-10-02 | ||
US201762567697P | 2017-10-03 | 2017-10-03 | |
US62/567,697 | 2017-10-03 | ||
US201862620370P | 2018-01-22 | 2018-01-22 | |
US62/620,370 | 2018-01-22 | ||
US201862648130P | 2018-03-26 | 2018-03-26 | |
US62/648,130 | 2018-03-26 | ||
US201862649731P | 2018-03-29 | 2018-03-29 | |
US62/649,731 | 2018-03-29 | ||
US201862657651P | 2018-04-13 | 2018-04-13 | |
US201862657654P | 2018-04-13 | 2018-04-13 | |
US62/657,651 | 2018-04-13 | ||
US201862671385P | 2018-05-14 | 2018-05-14 | |
US201862689068P | 2018-06-23 | 2018-06-23 | |
PCT/US2018/040519 WO2019006436A1 (en) | 2017-06-30 | 2018-06-30 | Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NZ760206A NZ760206A (en) | 2020-09-25 |
NZ760206B2 true NZ760206B2 (en) | 2021-01-06 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11597921B2 (en) | Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems | |
US11293021B1 (en) | Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems | |
NZ760206B2 (en) | Automated cell processing methods, modules, instruments, and systems |